يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوٓا۟ أَوْفُوا۟ بِٱلْعُقُودِ أُحِلَّتْ لَكُم بَهِيمَةُ ٱلْأَنْعَٰمِ إِلَّا مَا يُتْلَىٰ عَلَيْكُمْ غَيْرَ مُحِلِّى ٱلصَّيْدِ وَأَنتُمْ حُرُمٌ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ يَحْكُمُ مَا يُرِيدُ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa lladheena aamanoo awfoo bil-'uqoodi uhillat lakum baheematu l-'an'aami illaa maa yutlaa 'alaykum ghayra muhillee s-saydi wa'antum hurumun inna llaaha yahkumu maa yureed
DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā llaḏīna ʾāmanū ʾawfū bil-ʿuqūdi ʾuḥillat lakum bahīmatu l-ʾanʿāmi ʾillā mā yutlā ʿalaykum ġayra muḥillī ṣ-ṣaydi waʾantum ḥurumun ʾinna llāha yaḥkumu mā yurīdu
The translators word this verse differently
O you who believe! Fulfill your commitments. Livestock animals are permitted for you, except those specified to you; but not wild game while you are in pilgrim sanctity. God decrees whatever He wills.
Compare translations (4)
O ye who believe! Fulfil your indentures. The beast of cattle is made lawful unto you (for food) except that which is announced unto you (herein), game being unlawful when ye are on the pilgrimage. Lo! Allah ordaineth that which pleaseth Him
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
O ye who believe! fulfill your compacts. - Lawful for you are brute beasts, save what is here recited to you, not allowing you the chase while ye are on pilgrimage; verily, God ordaineth what He will
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
O BELIEVERS! be faithful to your engagements. You are allowed the flesh of cattle other than what is hereinafter recited, except game, which is not allowed you while ye are on pilgrimage. Verily, God ordaineth what he pleaseth
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
O true believers, perform your contracts. Ye are allowed to eat the brute cattle, other than what ye are commanded to abstain from, except the game which ye are allowed at other times, but not while ye are on pilgrimage to Mecca; God ordaineth that which He pleaseth
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ لَا تُحِلُّوا۟ شَعَٰٓئِرَ ٱللَّهِ وَلَا ٱلشَّهْرَ ٱلْحَرَامَ وَلَا ٱلْهَدْىَ وَلَا ٱلْقَلَٰٓئِدَ وَلَآ ءَآمِّينَ ٱلْبَيْتَ ٱلْحَرَامَ يَبْتَغُونَ فَضْلًا مِّن رَّبِّهِمْ وَرِضْوَٰنًا وَإِذَا حَلَلْتُمْ فَٱصْطَادُوا۟ وَلَا يَجْرِمَنَّكُمْ شَنَـَٔانُ قَوْمٍ أَن صَدُّوكُمْ عَنِ ٱلْمَسْجِدِ ٱلْحَرَامِ أَن تَعْتَدُوا۟ وَتَعَاوَنُوا۟ عَلَى ٱلْبِرِّ وَٱلتَّقْوَىٰ وَلَا تَعَاوَنُوا۟ عَلَى ٱلْإِثْمِ وَٱلْعُدْوَٰنِ وَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ شَدِيدُ ٱلْعِقَابِ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa lladheena aamanoo laa tuhilloo sha'aa'ira llaahi walaa sh-shahra l-haraama walaa l-hadya walaa l-qalaa'ida walaa aammeena l-bayta l-haraama yabtaghoona fadlan min rabbihim waridwaanan wa'idhaa halaltum fastaadoo walaa yajrimannakum shana'aanu qawmin an saddookum 'ani l-masjidi l-haraami an ta'tadoo wata'aawanoo 'alaa l-birri wat-taqwaa walaa ta'aawanoo 'alaa l-'ithmi wal-'udwaani waattaqoo llaaha inna llaaha shadeedu l-'iqaab
DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā llaḏīna ʾāmanū lā tuḥillū šaʿāʾira llāhi walā š-šahra l-ḥarāma walā l-hadya walā l-qalāʾida walā ʾāmmīna l-bayta l-ḥarāma yabtaġūna faḍlan min rabbihim wariḍwānan waʾiḏā ḥalaltum faṣṭādū walā yaǧrimannakum šanaʾānu qawmin ʾan ṣaddūkum ʿani l-masǧidi l-ḥarāmi ʾan taʿtadū wataʿāwanū ʿalā l-birri wat-taqwā walā taʿāwanū ʿalā l-ʾiṯmi wal-ʿudwāni wāttaqū llāha ʾinna llāha šadīdu l-ʿiqābi
The translators word this verse differently
O you who believe! Do not violate God's sacraments, nor the Sacred Month, nor the offerings, nor the garlanded, nor those heading for the Sacred House seeking blessings from their Lord and approval. When you have left the pilgrim sanctity, you may hunt. And let not the hatred of people who barred you from the Sacred Mosque incite you to aggression. And cooperate with one another in virtuous conduct and conscience, and do not cooperate with one another in sin and hostility. And fear God. God is severe in punishment.
Compare translations (4)
O ye who believe! Profane not Allah's monuments nor the Sacred Month nor the offerings nor the garlands, nor those repairing to the Sacred House, seeking the grace and pleasure of their Lord. But when ye have left the sacred territory, then go hunting (if ye will). And let not your hatred of a folk who (once) stopped your going to the inviolable place of worship seduce you to transgress; but help ye one another unto righteousness and pious duty. Help not one another unto sin and transgression, but keep your duty to Allah. Lo! Allah is severe in punishment
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
O ye who believe! do not deem the monuments of God to be lawful, nor the sacred month, nor the offering, nor its neck garlands, nor those who sojourn at the sacred house, craving grace from their Lord and His pleasure. But when ye are in lawful state again, then chase; and let not ill-will against the people who turned you from the Sacred Mosque make you transgress; but help one another in righteousness and piety, and do not help one another to sin and enmity; but fear God, - verily, God is keen to punish
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
O Believers! violate neither the rites of God, nor the sacred month Muharram, nor the offering, nor its ornaments, nor those who press on to the sacred house seeking favour from their Lord and his good pleasure in them. But when all is over, then take to the chase: and let not ill will at those who would have kept you from the sacred mosque lead you to transgress, but rather be helpful to one another according to goodness and piety, but be not helpful for evil and malice: and fear ye God. Verily, God is severe in punishing
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
O true believers, violate not the holy rites of God, nor the sacred month, nor the offering, nor the ornaments hung thereon, nor those who are travelling to the holy house, seeking favour from their Lord, and to please Him. But when ye shall have finished your pilgrimage; then hunt. And let not the malice of some, in that they hindered you from entering the sacred temple, provoke you to transgress, by taking revenge on them in the sacred months. Assist one another according to justice and piety, but assist not one another in injustice and malice: Therefore fear God; for God is severe in punishing
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
حُرِّمَتْ عَلَيْكُمُ ٱلْمَيْتَةُ وَٱلدَّمُ وَلَحْمُ ٱلْخِنزِيرِ وَمَآ أُهِلَّ لِغَيْرِ ٱللَّهِ بِهِۦ وَٱلْمُنْخَنِقَةُ وَٱلْمَوْقُوذَةُ وَٱلْمُتَرَدِّيَةُ وَٱلنَّطِيحَةُ وَمَآ أَكَلَ ٱلسَّبُعُ إِلَّا مَا ذَكَّيْتُمْ وَمَا ذُبِحَ عَلَى ٱلنُّصُبِ وَأَن تَسْتَقْسِمُوا۟ بِٱلْأَزْلَٰمِ ذَٰلِكُمْ فِسْقٌ ٱلْيَوْمَ يَئِسَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ مِن دِينِكُمْ فَلَا تَخْشَوْهُمْ وَٱخْشَوْنِ ٱلْيَوْمَ أَكْمَلْتُ لَكُمْ دِينَكُمْ وَأَتْمَمْتُ عَلَيْكُمْ نِعْمَتِى وَرَضِيتُ لَكُمُ ٱلْإِسْلَٰمَ دِينًا فَمَنِ ٱضْطُرَّ فِى مَخْمَصَةٍ غَيْرَ مُتَجَانِفٍ لِّإِثْمٍ فَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ غَفُورٌ رَّحِيمٌ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)hurrimat 'alaykumu l-maytatu wad-damu walahmu l-khinzeeri wamaa uhilla lighayri llaahi bihi wal-munkhaniqatu wal-mawqoodhatu wal-mutaraddiyatu wan-nateehatu wamaa akala s-sabu'u illaa maa dhakkaytum wamaa dhubiha 'alaa n-nusubi wa'an tastaqsimoo bil-'azlaami dhaalikum fisqun l-yawma ya'isa lladheena kafaroo min deenikum falaa takhshawhum wakhshawni l-yawma akmaltu lakum deenakum wa'atmamtu 'alaykum ni'matee waradeetu lakumu l-'islaama deenan famani dturra fee makhmasatin ghayra mutajaanifin li'ithmin fa'inna llaaha ghafoorun raheem
DIN 31635ḥurrimat ʿalaykumu l-maytatu wad-damu walaḥmu l-ḫinzīri wamā ʾuhilla liġayri llāhi bihi wal-munḫaniqatu wal-mawqūḏatu wal-mutaraddiyatu wan-naṭīḥatu wamā ʾakala s-sabuʿu ʾillā mā ḏakkaytum wamā ḏubiḥa ʿalā n-nuṣubi waʾan tastaqsimū bil-ʾazlāmi ḏālikum fisqun l-yawma yaʾisa llaḏīna kafarū min dīnikum falā taḫšawhum waḫšawni l-yawma ʾakmaltu lakum dīnakum waʾatmamtu ʿalaykum niʿmatī waraḍītu lakumu l-ʾislāma dīnan famani ḍṭurra fī maḫmaṣatin ġayra mutaǧānifin liʾiṯmin faʾinna llāha ġafūrun raḥīmun
Prohibited for you are carrion, blood, the flesh of swine, and animals dedicated to other than God; also the flesh of animals strangled, killed violently, killed by a fall, gored to death, mangled by wild animals-except what you rescue, and animals sacrificed on altars; and the practice of drawing lots. For it is immoral. Today, those who disbelieve have despaired of your religion, so do not fear them, but fear Me. Today I have perfected your religion for you, and have completed My favor upon you, and have approved Islam as a religion for you. But whoever is compelled by hunger, with no intent of wrongdoing-God is Forgiving and Merciful.
Compare translations (4)
Forbidden unto you (for food) are carrion and blood and swineflesh, and that which hath been dedicated unto any other than Allah, and the strangled, and the dead through beating, and the dead through falling from a height, and that which hath been killed by (the goring of) horns, and the devoured of wild beasts, saving that which ye make lawful (by the death-stroke), and that which hath been immolated unto idols. And (forbidden is it) that ye swear by the divining arrows. This is an abomination. This day are those who disbelieve in despair of (ever harming) your religion; so fear them not, fear Me! This day have I perfected your religion for you and completed My favour unto you, and have chosen for you as religion al-Islam. Whoso is forced by hunger, not by will, to sin: (for him) lo! Allah is Forgiving, Merciful
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
Forbidden to you is that which dies of itself, and blood, and the flesh of swine, and that which is devoted to other than God, and the strangled and the knocked down, and that which falls down, and the gored, and what wild beasts have eaten - except what ye slaughter in time - and what is sacrificed to idols, and dividing carcases by arrows. Today shall those who disbelieve in your religion despair; do ye not then fear them, but fear me - Today is perfected for you your religion, and fulfilled upon you is my favour, and I am pleased for you to have Islam for a religion. But he who is forced by hunger, not inclined willfully to sin, verily, God is forgiving, compassionate
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
That which dieth of itself, and blood, and swine's flesh, and all that hath been sacrificed under the invocation of any other name than that of God, and the strangled, and the killed by a blow, or by a fall, or by goring, and that which hath been eaten by beasts of prey, unless ye make it clean by giving the death-stroke yourselves, and that which hath been sacrificed on the blocks of stone, is forbidden you: and to make division of the slain by consulting the arrows, is impiety in you. Woe this day on those who forsake your religion! And fear them not, but fear Me. This day have I perfected your religion for you, and have filled up the measure of my favours upon you: and it is my pleasure that Islam be your religion; but whoso without wilful leanings to wrong shall be forced by hunger to transgress, to him, verily, will God be Indulgent, Merciful
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
Ye are forbidden to eat that which dieth of it self, and blood, and swine's flesh, and that on which the name of any besides God, hath been invocated; and that which hath been strangled, or killed by a blow, or by a fall, or by the horns of another beast, and that which hath been eaten by a wild beast, except what ye shall kill your selves; and that which hath been sacrificed unto idols. It is likewise unlawful for you to make division by casting lots with arrows. This is an impiety. On this day, wo be unto those who have apostatized from their religion; therefore fear not them, but fear Me. This day have I perfected your religion for you, and have completed my mercy upon you; and I have chosen for you Islam, to be your religion. But whosoever shall be driven by necessity through hunger, to eat of what we have forbidden, not designing to sin, surely God will be indulgent and merciful unto him
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
يَسْـَٔلُونَكَ مَاذَآ أُحِلَّ لَهُمْ قُلْ أُحِلَّ لَكُمُ ٱلطَّيِّبَٰتُ وَمَا عَلَّمْتُم مِّنَ ٱلْجَوَارِحِ مُكَلِّبِينَ تُعَلِّمُونَهُنَّ مِمَّا عَلَّمَكُمُ ٱللَّهُ فَكُلُوا۟ مِمَّآ أَمْسَكْنَ عَلَيْكُمْ وَٱذْكُرُوا۟ ٱسْمَ ٱللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ وَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ سَرِيعُ ٱلْحِسَابِ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)yas'aloonaka maadhaa uhilla lahum qul uhilla lakumu t-tayyibaatu wamaa 'allamtum mina l-jawaarihi mukallibeena tu'allimoonahunna mimmaa 'allamakumu llaahu fakuloo mimmaa amsakna 'alaykum wadhkuroo sma llaahi 'alayhi waattaqoo llaaha inna llaaha saree'u l-hisaab
DIN 31635yasʾalūnaka māḏā ʾuḥilla lahum qul ʾuḥilla lakumu ṭ-ṭayyibātu wamā ʿallamtum mina l-ǧawāriḥi mukallibīna tuʿallimūnahunna mimmā ʿallamakumu llāhu fakulū mimmā ʾamsakna ʿalaykum waḏkurū sma llāhi ʿalayhi wāttaqū llāha ʾinna llāha sarīʿu l-ḥisābi
They ask you what is permitted for them. Say, "Permitted for you are all good things, including what trained dogs and falcons catch for you." You train them according to what God has taught you. So eat from what they catch for you, and pronounce God's name over it. And fear God. God is Swift in reckoning.
Compare translations (4)
They ask thee (O Muhammad) what is made lawful for them. Say: (all) good things are made lawful for you. And those beasts and birds of prey which ye have trained as hounds are trained, ye teach them that which Allah taught you; so eat of that which they catch for you and mention Allah's name upon it, and observe your duty to Allah. Lo! Allah is swift to take account
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
They will ask thee what is lawful for them? say, 'Lawful for you are good things and what ye have taught beasts of prey (to catch), training them like dogs; - ye teach them as God taught you; - so eat of what they catch for you, and mention the name of God over it, and fear God, for verily, God is swift in reckoning up
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
They will ask thee what is made lawful for them. Say: Those things which are good are legalised to you, and the prey of beasts of chase which ye have trained like dogs, teaching them as God hath taught you. Eat, therefore, of what they shall catch for you, and make mention of the name of God over it, and fear God: Verily, Swift is God to reckon
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
They will ask thee what is allowed them as lawful to eat? Answer, such things as are good are allowed you; and what ye shall teach animals of prey to catch, training them up for hunting after the manner of dogs, and teaching them according to the skill which God hath taught you. Eat therefore of that which they shall catch for you; and commemorate the name of God thereon; and fear God, for God is swift in taking an account
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
ٱلْيَوْمَ أُحِلَّ لَكُمُ ٱلطَّيِّبَٰتُ وَطَعَامُ ٱلَّذِينَ أُوتُوا۟ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ حِلٌّ لَّكُمْ وَطَعَامُكُمْ حِلٌّ لَّهُمْ وَٱلْمُحْصَنَٰتُ مِنَ ٱلْمُؤْمِنَٰتِ وَٱلْمُحْصَنَٰتُ مِنَ ٱلَّذِينَ أُوتُوا۟ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ مِن قَبْلِكُمْ إِذَآ ءَاتَيْتُمُوهُنَّ أُجُورَهُنَّ مُحْصِنِينَ غَيْرَ مُسَٰفِحِينَ وَلَا مُتَّخِذِىٓ أَخْدَانٍ وَمَن يَكْفُرْ بِٱلْإِيمَٰنِ فَقَدْ حَبِطَ عَمَلُهُۥ وَهُوَ فِى ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ مِنَ ٱلْخَٰسِرِينَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)al-yawma uhilla lakumu t-tayyibaatu wata'aamu lladheena ootoo l-kitaaba hillun lakum wata'aamukum hillun lahum wal-muhsanaatu mina l-mu'minaati wal-muhsanaatu mina lladheena ootoo l-kitaaba min qablikum idhaa aataytumoohunna ujoorahunna muhsineena ghayra musaafiheena walaa muttakhidhee akhdaanin waman yakfur bil-'eemaani faqad habita 'amaluhu wahuwa fee l-'aakhirati mina l-khaasireen
DIN 31635al-yawma ʾuḥilla lakumu ṭ-ṭayyibātu waṭaʿāmu llaḏīna ʾūtū l-kitāba ḥillun lakum waṭaʿāmukum ḥillun lahum wal-muḥṣanātu mina l-muʾmināti wal-muḥṣanātu mina llaḏīna ʾūtū l-kitāba min qablikum ʾiḏā ʾātaytumūhunna ʾuǧūrahunna muḥṣinīna ġayra musāfiḥīna walā muttaḫiḏī ʾaḫdānin waman yakfur bil-ʾīmāni faqad ḥabiṭa ʿamaluhu wahuwa fī l-ʾāḫirati mina l-ḫāsirīna
Today all good things are made lawful for you. And the food of those given the Scripture is lawful for you, and your food is lawful for them. So are chaste believing women, and chaste women from the people who were given the Scripture before you, provided you give them their dowries, and take them in marriage, not in adultery, nor as mistresses. But whoever rejects faith, his work will be in vain, and in the Hereafter he will be among the losers.
Compare translations (4)
This day are (all) good things made lawful for you. The food of those who have received the Scripture is lawful for you, and your food is lawful for them. And so are the virtuous women of the believers and the virtuous women of those who received the Scripture before you (lawful for you) when ye give them their marriage portions and live with them in honour, not in fornication, nor taking them as secret concubines. Whoso denieth the faith, his work is vain and he will be among the losers in the Hereafter
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
Lawful for you today are good things, and the food of those to whom the Book has been given is lawful for you, and your food is lawful for them; and chaste women of those who believe, and chaste women of those to whom the Book has been given before you, - when you have given them their hire, living chastely and not fornicating, and not taking paramours. But whoso disbelieves in the faith, of a truth his work is vain, and he shall be in the next life of those who lose
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
This day, things healthful are legalised to you, and the meats of those who have received the Scriptures are allowed to you, as your meats are to them. And you are permitted to marry virtuous women who are believers, and virtuous women of those who have received the Scriptures before you, when you shall have provided them their portions, living chastely with them without fornication, and without taking concubines. Vain the works of him who shall renounce the faith! and in the next world he shall be of the lost
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
This day are ye allowed to eat such things as are good, and the food of those to whom the scriptures were given is also allowed as lawful unto you; and your food is allowed as lawful unto them. And ye are also allowed to marry free women that are believers, and also free women of those who have received the scriptures before you, when ye shall have assigned them their dower; living chastly with them, neither committing fornication, nor taking them for concubines. Whoever shall renounce the faith, his work shall be vain, and in the next life he shall be of those who perish
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوٓا۟ إِذَا قُمْتُمْ إِلَى ٱلصَّلَوٰةِ فَٱغْسِلُوا۟ وُجُوهَكُمْ وَأَيْدِيَكُمْ إِلَى ٱلْمَرَافِقِ وَٱمْسَحُوا۟ بِرُءُوسِكُمْ وَأَرْجُلَكُمْ إِلَى ٱلْكَعْبَيْنِ وَإِن كُنتُمْ جُنُبًا فَٱطَّهَّرُوا۟ وَإِن كُنتُم مَّرْضَىٰٓ أَوْ عَلَىٰ سَفَرٍ أَوْ جَآءَ أَحَدٌ مِّنكُم مِّنَ ٱلْغَآئِطِ أَوْ لَٰمَسْتُمُ ٱلنِّسَآءَ فَلَمْ تَجِدُوا۟ مَآءً فَتَيَمَّمُوا۟ صَعِيدًا طَيِّبًا فَٱمْسَحُوا۟ بِوُجُوهِكُمْ وَأَيْدِيكُم مِّنْهُ مَا يُرِيدُ ٱللَّهُ لِيَجْعَلَ عَلَيْكُم مِّنْ حَرَجٍ وَلَٰكِن يُرِيدُ لِيُطَهِّرَكُمْ وَلِيُتِمَّ نِعْمَتَهُۥ عَلَيْكُمْ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَشْكُرُونَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa lladheena aamanoo idhaa qumtum ilaa s-salaati faghsiloo wujoohakum wa'aydiyakum ilaa l-maraafiqi wamsahoo biru'oosikum wa'arjulakum ilaa l-ka'bayni wa'in kuntum junuban faattahharoo wa'in kuntum mardaa aw 'alaa safarin aw jaa'a ahadun minkum mina l-ghaa'iti aw laamastumu n-nisaa'a falam tajidoo maa'an fatayammamoo sa'eedan tayyiban famsahoo biwujoohikum wa'aydeekum minhu maa yureedu llaahu liyaj'ala 'alaykum min harajin walaakin yureedu liyutahhirakum waliyutimma ni'matahu 'alaykum la'allakum tashkuroon
DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā llaḏīna ʾāmanū ʾiḏā qumtum ʾilā ṣ-ṣalāti faġsilū wuǧūhakum waʾaydiyakum ʾilā l-marāfiqi wamsaḥū biruʾūsikum waʾarǧulakum ʾilā l-kaʿbayni waʾin kuntum ǧunuban fāṭṭahharū waʾin kuntum marḍā ʾaw ʿalā safarin ʾaw ǧāʾa ʾaḥadun minkum mina l-ġāʾiṭi ʾaw lāmastumu n-nisāʾa falam taǧidū māʾan fatayammamū ṣaʿīdan ṭayyiban famsaḥū biwuǧūhikum waʾaydīkum minhu mā yurīdu llāhu liyaǧʿala ʿalaykum min ḥaraǧin walākin yurīdu liyuṭahhirakum waliyutimma niʿmatahu ʿalaykum laʿallakum taškurūna
O you who believe! When you rise to pray, wash your faces and your hands and arms to the elbows, and wipe your heads, and your feet to the ankles. If you had intercourse, then purify yourselves. If you are ill, or travelling, or one of you returns from the toilet, or you had contact with women, and could not find water, then use some clean sand and wipe your faces and hands with it. God does not intend to burden you, but He intends to purify you, and to complete His blessing upon you, that you may be thankful.
Compare translations (4)
O ye who believe! When ye rise up for prayer, wash you faces, and your hands up to the elbows, and lightly rub your heads and (wash) your feet up to the ankles. And if ye are unclean, purify yourselves. And if ye are sick or on a journey, or one of you cometh from the closet, or ye have had contact with women, and ye find not water, then go to clean, high ground and rub your faces and your hands with some of it. Allah would not place a burden on you, but He would purify you and would perfect His grace upon you, that ye may give thanks
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
O ye who believe! when ye rise up to prayer wash your faces, and your hands as far as the elbows, and wipe - your heads, and your feet down to the ankles. And if ye are polluted, then purify yourselves. But if ye are sick, or on a journey, or if one of you comes from the privy, or if ye have touched women and cannot find water, then take fine surface sand and wipe your faces and your hands therewith. God does not wish to make any hindrance for you; but he wishes to purify you and to fulfill his favour upon you; haply ye may give thanks
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
O Believers! when ye address yourselves to prayer, wash your faces, and your hands up to the elbow, and wipe your heads, and your feet to the ankles. And if ye have become unclean, then purify yourselves. But if ye are sick, or on a journey, or if one of you come from the place of retirement, or if ye have touched women, and ye find no water, then take clean sand and rub your faces and your hands with it. God desireth not to lay a burden upon you, but he desireth to purify you, and He would fill up the measure of His favour upon you, that ye may be grateful
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
O true believers, when ye prepare your selves to pray, wash your faces, and your hands unto the elbows; and rub your heads, and your feet unto the ancles; and if ye be polluted by having lain with a woman, wash your selves all over. But if ye be sick, or on a journey, or any of you cometh from the privy, or if ye have touched women, and ye find no water, take fine clean sand, and rub your faces and your hands therewith; God would not put a difficulty upon you; but he desireth to purify you, and to complete his favour upon you, that ye may give thanks
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
وَٱذْكُرُوا۟ نِعْمَةَ ٱللَّهِ عَلَيْكُمْ وَمِيثَٰقَهُ ٱلَّذِى وَاثَقَكُم بِهِۦٓ إِذْ قُلْتُمْ سَمِعْنَا وَأَطَعْنَا وَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ عَلِيمٌۢ بِذَاتِ ٱلصُّدُورِ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)wadhkuroo ni'mata llaahi 'alaykum wameethaaqahu lladhee waathaqakum bihi idh qultum sami'naa wa'ata'naa waattaqoo llaaha inna llaaha 'aleemun bidhaati s-sudoor
DIN 31635waḏkurū niʿmata llāhi ʿalaykum wamīṯāqahu llaḏī wāṯaqakum bihi ʾiḏ qultum samiʿnā waʾaṭaʿnā wāttaqū llāha ʾinna llāha ʿalīmun biḏāti ṣ-ṣudūri
And Remember God's blessings upon you, and His covenant which He covenanted with you; when you said, "We hear and we obey." And remain conscious of God, for God knows what the hearts contain.
Compare translations (4)
Remember Allah's grace upon you and His covenant by which He bound you when ye said: We hear and we obey; And keep your duty to Allah. Lo! He knoweth what is in the breasts (of men)
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
Remember the favour of God to you and His covenant which He covenanted with, you, when ye said, 'We hear and we obey;' and fear God, verily, God knows the nature of men's breasts
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
And remember the favour of God upon you, and His covenant which He hath covenanted with you, when ye said, "We have heard and will obey;" and fear God; verily, God knoweth the very secrets of the breast
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
Remember the favour of God towards you, and his covenant which he hath made with you, when ye said, we have heard, and will obey. Therefore fear God, for God knoweth the innermost parts of the breasts of men
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ كُونُوا۟ قَوَّٰمِينَ لِلَّهِ شُهَدَآءَ بِٱلْقِسْطِ وَلَا يَجْرِمَنَّكُمْ شَنَـَٔانُ قَوْمٍ عَلَىٰٓ أَلَّا تَعْدِلُوا۟ ٱعْدِلُوا۟ هُوَ أَقْرَبُ لِلتَّقْوَىٰ وَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ خَبِيرٌۢ بِمَا تَعْمَلُونَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa lladheena aamanoo koonoo qawwaameena lillaahi shuhadaa'a bil-qisti walaa yajrimannakum shana'aanu qawmin 'alaa allaa ta'diloo 'diloo huwa aqrabu lilttaqwaa waattaqoo llaaha inna llaaha khabeerun bimaa ta'maloon
DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā llaḏīna ʾāmanū kūnū qawwāmīna lillāhi šuhadāʾa bil-qisṭi walā yaǧrimannakum šanaʾānu qawmin ʿalā ʾallā taʿdilū ʿdilū huwa ʾaqrabu lilttaqwā wāttaqū llāha ʾinna llāha ḫabīrun bimā taʿmalūna
O you who believe! Be upright to God, witnessing with justice; and let not the hatred of a certain people prevent you from acting justly. Adhere to justice, for that is nearer to piety; and fear God. God is informed of what you do.
Compare translations (4)
O ye who believe! Be steadfast witnesses for Allah in equity, and let not hatred of any people seduce you that ye deal not justly. Deal justly, that is nearer to your duty. Observe your duty to Allah. Lo! Allah is Informed of what ye do
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
O ye who believe! stand steadfast to God as witnesses with justice; and let not ill-will towards people make you sin by not acting with equity. Act with equity, that is nearer to piety, and fear God; for God is aware of what ye do
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
O Believers! stand up as witnesses for God by righteousness: and let not ill-will at any, induce you not to act uprightly. Act uprightly. Next will this be to the fear of God. And fear ye God: verily, God is apprised of what ye do
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
O true believers, observe justice when ye appear as witnesses before God, and let not hatred towards any induce you to do wrong: But act justly; this will approach nearer unto piety; and fear God, for God is fully acquainted with what ye do
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
وَعَدَ ٱللَّهُ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّٰلِحَٰتِ لَهُم مَّغْفِرَةٌ وَأَجْرٌ عَظِيمٌ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)wa'ada llaahu lladheena aamanoo wa'amiloo s-saalihaati lahum maghfiratun wa'ajrun 'azeem
DIN 31635waʿada llāhu llaḏīna ʾāmanū waʿamilū ṣ-ṣāliḥāti lahum maġfiratun waʾaǧrun ʿaẓīmun
God has promised those who believe and work righteousness: they will have forgiveness and a great reward.
Compare translations (4)
Allah hath promised those who believe and do good works: Theirs will be forgiveness and immense reward
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
God has promised to those who believe and work righteousness, that for them is pardon and a mighty hire
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
God hath promised to those who believe, and do the things that are right, that for them is pardon and a great reward
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
God hath promised unto those who believe, and do that which is right, that they shall receive pardon and a great reward
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
وَٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ وَكَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَٰتِنَآ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ أَصْحَٰبُ ٱلْجَحِيمِ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)walladheena kafaroo wakadhdhaboo bi'aayaatinaa oolaa'ika ashaabu l-jaheem
DIN 31635wallaḏīna kafarū wakaḏḏabū biʾāyātinā ʾūlāʾika ʾaṣḥābu l-ǧaḥīmi
The translators word this verse differently
As for those who disbelieve and reject Our revelations-these are the inmates of Hell.
Compare translations (4)
And they who disbelieve and deny Our revelations, such are rightful owners of hell
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
But those who disbelieve and call our signs lies, these are the fellows of hell
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
But they who are Infidels and treat our signs as lies - these shall be mated with Hell fire
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
But they who believe not, and accuse our signs of falsehood, they shall be the companions of hell
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ ٱذْكُرُوا۟ نِعْمَتَ ٱللَّهِ عَلَيْكُمْ إِذْ هَمَّ قَوْمٌ أَن يَبْسُطُوٓا۟ إِلَيْكُمْ أَيْدِيَهُمْ فَكَفَّ أَيْدِيَهُمْ عَنكُمْ وَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَعَلَى ٱللَّهِ فَلْيَتَوَكَّلِ ٱلْمُؤْمِنُونَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa lladheena aamanoo dhkuroo ni'mata llaahi 'alaykum idh hamma qawmun an yabsutoo ilaykum aydiyahum fakaffa aydiyahum 'ankum waattaqoo llaaha wa'alaa llaahi falyatawakkali l-mu'minoon
DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā llaḏīna ʾāmanū ḏkurū niʿmata llāhi ʿalaykum ʾiḏ hamma qawmun ʾan yabsuṭū ʾilaykum ʾaydiyahum fakaffa ʾaydiyahum ʿankum wāttaqū llāha waʿalā llāhi falyatawakkali l-muʾminūna
O you who believe! Remember God's blessings upon you; when certain people intended to extend their hands against you, and He restrained their hands from you. So reverence God, and in God let the believers put their trust.
Compare translations (4)
O ye who believe! Remember Allah's favour unto you, how a people were minded to stretch out their hands against you but He withheld their hands from you; and keep your duty to Allah. In Allah let believers put their trust
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
O ye who believe! remember God's favour towards you, when a people intended to stretch their hands against you, but He withheld their hands from you; and upon God let believers rely
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
O Believers! recollect God's favour upon you, when certain folk were minded to stretch forth their hands against you, but He kept their hands from you. Fear God then: and on God let the faithful trust
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
O true believers, remember God's favour towards you, when certain men designed to stretch forth their hands against you, but he restrained their hands from hurting you; therefore fear God, and in God let the faithful trust
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
وَلَقَدْ أَخَذَ ٱللَّهُ مِيثَٰقَ بَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ وَبَعَثْنَا مِنْهُمُ ٱثْنَىْ عَشَرَ نَقِيبًا وَقَالَ ٱللَّهُ إِنِّى مَعَكُمْ لَئِنْ أَقَمْتُمُ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ وَءَاتَيْتُمُ ٱلزَّكَوٰةَ وَءَامَنتُم بِرُسُلِى وَعَزَّرْتُمُوهُمْ وَأَقْرَضْتُمُ ٱللَّهَ قَرْضًا حَسَنًا لَّأُكَفِّرَنَّ عَنكُمْ سَيِّـَٔاتِكُمْ وَلَأُدْخِلَنَّكُمْ جَنَّٰتٍ تَجْرِى مِن تَحْتِهَا ٱلْأَنْهَٰرُ فَمَن كَفَرَ بَعْدَ ذَٰلِكَ مِنكُمْ فَقَدْ ضَلَّ سَوَآءَ ٱلسَّبِيلِ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)walaqad akhadha llaahu meethaaqa banee israa'eela waba'athnaa minhumu thnay 'ashara naqeeban waqaala llaahu innee ma'akum la'in aqamtumu s-salaata wa'aataytumu z-zakaata wa'aamantum birusulee wa'azzartumoohum wa'aqradtumu llaaha qardan hasanan la'ukaffiranna 'ankum sayyi'aatikum wala'udkhilannakum jannaatin tajree min tahtihaa l-'anhaaru faman kafara ba'da dhaalika minkum faqad dalla sawaa'a s-sabeel
DIN 31635walaqad ʾaḫaḏa llāhu mīṯāqa banī ʾisrāʾīla wabaʿaṯnā minhumu ṯnay ʿašara naqīban waqāla llāhu ʾinnī maʿakum laʾin ʾaqamtumu ṣ-ṣalāta waʾātaytumu z-zakāta waʾāmantum birusulī waʿazzartumūhum waʾaqraḍtumu llāha qarḍan ḥasanan laʾukaffiranna ʿankum sayyiʾātikum walaʾudḫilannakum ǧannātin taǧrī min taḥtihā l-ʾanhāru faman kafara baʿda ḏālika minkum faqad ḍalla sawāʾa s-sabīli
God received a pledge from the Children of Israel, and We raised among them twelve chiefs. God said, "I am with you; if you perform the prayer, and pay the alms, and believe in My messengers and support them, and lend God a loan of righteousness; I will remit your sins, and admit you into Gardens beneath which rivers flow. But whoever among you disbelieves afterwards has strayed from the right way."
Compare translations (4)
Allah made a covenant of old with the Children of Israel and We raised among them twelve chieftains, and Allah said: Lo! I am with you. If ye establish worship and pay the poor-due, and believe in My messengers and support them, and lend unto Allah a kindly loan, surely I shall remit your sins, and surely I shall bring you into Gardens underneath which rivers flow. Whoso among you disbelieveth after this will go astray from a plain road
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
God did take a compact from the children of Israel, and raised up of them twelve wardens; and God said, 'Verily, I am with you, if ye be steadfast in prayer, and give alms, and believe in my apostles, and assist them, and lend to God a goodly loan; then will I cover your offences and make you enter gardens beneath which rivers flow: and whoso disbelieves after that, he hath erred from the level way
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
Of old did God accept the covenant of the children of Israel, and out of them we raised up twelve leaders, and God said, "Verily, I will be with you. If ye observe prayer and pay the obligatory alms, and believe in my Apostles and help them, and lend God a liberal loan, I will surely put away from you your evil deeds, and I will bring you into gardens 'neath which the rivers flow! But whoso of you after this believeth not, hath gone astray from the even path
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
God formerly accepted the covenant of the children of Israel, and we appointed out of them twelve leaders: And God said, verily I am with you: If ye observe prayer, and give alms, and believe in my apostles, and assist them, and lend unto God on good usury, I will surely expiate your evil deeds from you, and I will lead you into gardens, wherein rivers flow: But he among you who disbelieveth after this, erreth from the strait path
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
فَبِمَا نَقْضِهِم مِّيثَٰقَهُمْ لَعَنَّٰهُمْ وَجَعَلْنَا قُلُوبَهُمْ قَٰسِيَةً يُحَرِّفُونَ ٱلْكَلِمَ عَن مَّوَاضِعِهِۦ وَنَسُوا۟ حَظًّا مِّمَّا ذُكِّرُوا۟ بِهِۦ وَلَا تَزَالُ تَطَّلِعُ عَلَىٰ خَآئِنَةٍ مِّنْهُمْ إِلَّا قَلِيلًا مِّنْهُمْ فَٱعْفُ عَنْهُمْ وَٱصْفَحْ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ يُحِبُّ ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)fabimaa naqdihim meethaaqahum la'annaahum waja'alnaa quloobahum qaasiyatan yuharrifoona l-kalima 'an mawaadi'ihi wanasoo hazzan mimmaa dhukkiroo bihi walaa tazaalu tattali'u 'alaa khaa'inatin minhum illaa qaleelan minhum fa'fu 'anhum wasfah inna llaaha yuhibbu l-muhsineen
DIN 31635fabimā naqḍihim mīṯāqahum laʿannāhum waǧaʿalnā qulūbahum qāsiyatan yuḥarrifūna l-kalima ʿan mawāḍiʿihi wanasū ḥaẓẓan mimmā ḏukkirū bihi walā tazālu taṭṭaliʿu ʿalā ḫāʾinatin minhum ʾillā qalīlan minhum faʿfu ʿanhum waṣfaḥ ʾinna llāha yuḥibbu l-muḥsinīna
Because of their breaking their pledge, We cursed them, and made their hearts hard. They twist the words out of their context, and they disregarded some of what they were reminded of. You will always witness deceit from them, except for a few of them. But pardon them, and overlook. God loves the doers of good.
Compare translations (4)
And because of their breaking their covenant, We have cursed them and made hard their hearts. They change words from their context and forget a part of that whereof they were admonished. Thou wilt not cease to discover treachery from all save a few of them. But bear with them and pardon them. Lo! Allah loveth the kindly
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
And for that they broke their compact, we cursed them, and placed in their hearts hardness, so that they perverted the words from their places, and forgot a portion of what they were reminded of. But thou wilt not cease to light upon treachery amongst them, save a few of them; but pardon them and shun them; verily, God loves the kind
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
But for their breaking their covenant we have cursed them, and have hardened their hearts. They shift the words of Scripture from their places, and have forgotten part of what they were taught. Thou wilt not cease to discover deceit on their part, except in a few of them. But forgive them, and pass it over: verily, God loveth those who act generously
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
Wherefore because they have broken their covenant, we have cursed them, and hardened their hearts; they dislocate the words of the pentateuch from their places, and have forgotten part of what they were admonished; and thou wilt not cease to discover deceitful practices among them, except a few of them. But forgive them, and pardon them, for God loveth the beneficent
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
وَمِنَ ٱلَّذِينَ قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّا نَصَٰرَىٰٓ أَخَذْنَا مِيثَٰقَهُمْ فَنَسُوا۟ حَظًّا مِّمَّا ذُكِّرُوا۟ بِهِۦ فَأَغْرَيْنَا بَيْنَهُمُ ٱلْعَدَاوَةَ وَٱلْبَغْضَآءَ إِلَىٰ يَوْمِ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ وَسَوْفَ يُنَبِّئُهُمُ ٱللَّهُ بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَصْنَعُونَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)wamina lladheena qaaloo innaa nasaaraa akhadhnaa meethaaqahum fanasoo hazzan mimmaa dhukkiroo bihi fa'aghraynaa baynahumu l-'adaawata wal-baghdaa'a ilaa yawmi l-qiyaamati wasawfa yunabbi'uhumu llaahu bimaa kaanoo yasna'oon
DIN 31635wamina llaḏīna qālū ʾinnā naṣārā ʾaḫaḏnā mīṯāqahum fanasū ḥaẓẓan mimmā ḏukkirū bihi faʾaġraynā baynahumu l-ʿadāwata wal-baġḍāʾa ʾilā yawmi l-qiyāmati wasawfa yunabbiʾuhumu llāhu bimā kānū yaṣnaʿūna
And from those who say, "We are Christians," We received their pledge, but they neglected some of what they were reminded of. So We provoked enmity and hatred among them until the Day of Resurrection; God will then inform them of what they used to craft.
Compare translations (4)
And with those who say: "Lo! we are Christians," We made a covenant, but they forgot a part of that whereof they were admonished. Therefor We have stirred up enmity and hatred among them till the Day of Resurrection, when Allah will inform them of their handiwork
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
And of those who say, 'Verily, we are Christians,' we have taken a compact; but they have forgotten a portion of what they were reminded of; wherefore have we excited amongst them enmity and hatred till the resurrection day; but God will tell them of what they have done
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
And of those who say, "We are Christians," have we accepted the covenant. But they too have forgotten a part of what they were taught; wherefore we have stirred up enmity and hatred among them that shall last till the day of the Resurrection; and in the end will God tell them of their doings
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
And from those who say, we are Christians, we have received their covenant; but they have forgotten part of what they were admonished; wherefore we have raised up enmity and hatred among them, till the day of resurrection; and God will then surely declare unto them what they have been doing
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
يَٰٓأَهْلَ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ قَدْ جَآءَكُمْ رَسُولُنَا يُبَيِّنُ لَكُمْ كَثِيرًا مِّمَّا كُنتُمْ تُخْفُونَ مِنَ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ وَيَعْفُوا۟ عَن كَثِيرٍ قَدْ جَآءَكُم مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ نُورٌ وَكِتَٰبٌ مُّبِينٌ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)yaa ahla l-kitaabi qad jaa'akum rasoolunaa yubayyinu lakum katheeran mimmaa kuntum tukhfoona mina l-kitaabi waya'foo 'an katheerin qad jaa'akum mina llaahi noorun wakitaabun mubeen
DIN 31635yā ʾahla l-kitābi qad ǧāʾakum rasūlunā yubayyinu lakum kaṯīran mimmā kuntum tuḫfūna mina l-kitābi wayaʿfū ʿan kaṯīrin qad ǧāʾakum mina llāhi nūrun wakitābun mubīnun
O People of the Book! Our Messenger has come to you, clarifying for you much of what you kept hidden of the Book, and overlooking much. A light from God has come to you, and a clear Book.
Compare translations (4)
O People of the Scripture! Now hath Our messenger come unto you, expounding unto you much of that which ye used to hide in the Scripture, and forgiving much. now hath come unto you light from Allah and plain Scripture
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
O ye people of the Book! our Apostle has come to you to explain to you much of what ye had hidden of the Book, and to pardon much. There has come to you from God a light, and a perspicuous Book
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
O people of the Scriptures! now is our Apostle come to you to clear up to you much that ye concealed of those Scriptures, and to pass over many things. Now hath a light and a clear Book come to you from God
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
O ye who have received the scriptures, now is our apostle come unto you, to make manifest unto you many things which ye concealed in the scriptures; and to pass over many things. Now is light and a perspicuous book of revelations come unto you from God
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
يَهْدِى بِهِ ٱللَّهُ مَنِ ٱتَّبَعَ رِضْوَٰنَهُۥ سُبُلَ ٱلسَّلَٰمِ وَيُخْرِجُهُم مِّنَ ٱلظُّلُمَٰتِ إِلَى ٱلنُّورِ بِإِذْنِهِۦ وَيَهْدِيهِمْ إِلَىٰ صِرَٰطٍ مُّسْتَقِيمٍ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)yahdee bihi llaahu mani taba'a ridwaanahu subula s-salaami wayukhrijuhum mina z-zulumaati ilaa n-noori bi'idhnihi wayahdeehim ilaa siraatin mustaqeem
DIN 31635yahdī bihi llāhu mani tabaʿa riḍwānahu subula s-salāmi wayuḫriǧuhum mina ẓ-ẓulumāti ʾilā n-nūri biʾiḏnihi wayahdīhim ʾilā ṣirāṭin mustaqīmin
God guides with it whoever follows His approval to the ways of peace, and He brings them out of darkness into light, by His permission, and He guides them in a straight path.
Compare translations (4)
Whereby Allah guideth him who seeketh His good pleasure unto paths of peace. He bringeth them out of darkness unto light by His decree, and guideth them unto a straight path
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
God guides thereby those who follow His pleasure to the way of peace, and brings them into a right way
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
by which God will guide him who shall follow after his good pleasure, to paths of peace, and will bring them out of the darkness to the light, by his will: and to the straight path will he guide them
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
Thereby will God direct him who shall follow his good pleasure, into the paths of peace; and shall lead them out of darkness into light, by his will, and shall direct them in the right way
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
لَّقَدْ كَفَرَ ٱلَّذِينَ قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ هُوَ ٱلْمَسِيحُ ٱبْنُ مَرْيَمَ قُلْ فَمَن يَمْلِكُ مِنَ ٱللَّهِ شَيْـًٔا إِنْ أَرَادَ أَن يُهْلِكَ ٱلْمَسِيحَ ٱبْنَ مَرْيَمَ وَأُمَّهُۥ وَمَن فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ جَمِيعًا وَلِلَّهِ مُلْكُ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَمَا بَيْنَهُمَا يَخْلُقُ مَا يَشَآءُ وَٱللَّهُ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ قَدِيرٌ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)laqad kafara lladheena qaaloo inna llaaha huwa l-maseehu bnu maryama qul faman yamliku mina llaahi shay'an in araada an yuhlika l-maseeha bna maryama wa'ummahu waman fee l-'ardi jamee'an walillaahi mulku s-samaawaati wal-'ardi wamaa baynahumaa yakhluqu maa yashaa'u wallaahu 'alaa kulli shay'in qadeer
DIN 31635laqad kafara llaḏīna qālū ʾinna llāha huwa l-masīḥu bnu maryama qul faman yamliku mina llāhi šayʾan ʾin ʾarāda ʾan yuhlika l-masīḥa bna maryama waʾummahu waman fī l-ʾarḍi ǧamīʿan walillāhi mulku s-samāwāti wal-ʾarḍi wamā baynahumā yaḫluqu mā yašāʾu wallāhu ʿalā kulli šayʾin qadīrun
They disbelieve those who say, "God is the Christ, the son of Mary." Say, "Who can prevent God, if He willed, from annihilating the Christ son of Mary, and his mother, and everyone on earth?" To God belongs the sovereignty of the heavens and the earth and what is between them. He creates whatever He wills, and God has power over everything.
Compare translations (4)
They indeed have disbelieved who say: Lo! Allah is the Messiah, son of Mary. Say: Who then can do aught against Allah, if He had willed to destroy the Messiah son of Mary, and his mother and everyone on earth? Allah's is the Sovereignty of the heavens and the earth and all that is between them. He createth what He will. And Allah is Able to do all things
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
They misbelieve who say, 'Verily, God is the Messiah the son of Mary;' say, 'Who has any hold on God, if he wished to destroy the Messiah the son of Mary, and his mother, and those who are on earth altogether?' God's is the kingdom of the heavens and the earth and what is between the two; He createth what He will, for God is mighty over all
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
Infidels now are they who say, "Verily God is the Messiah Ibn Maryam (son of Mary)! SAY: And who could aught obtain from God, if he chose to destroy the Messiah Ibn Maryam, and his mother, and all who are on the earth together? For with God is the sovereignty of the Heavens and of the Earth, and of all that is between them! He createth what He will; and over all things is God potent
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
They are infidels, who say, verily God is Christ the son of Mary. Say unto them, and who could obtain any thing from God to the contrary, if he pleased to destroy Christ the son of Mary, and his mother, and all those who are on the earth? For unto God belongeth the kingdom of heaven and earth, and whatsoever is contained between them; he createth what he pleaseth, and God is almighty
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
وَقَالَتِ ٱلْيَهُودُ وَٱلنَّصَٰرَىٰ نَحْنُ أَبْنَٰٓؤُا۟ ٱللَّهِ وَأَحِبَّٰٓؤُهُۥ قُلْ فَلِمَ يُعَذِّبُكُم بِذُنُوبِكُم بَلْ أَنتُم بَشَرٌ مِّمَّنْ خَلَقَ يَغْفِرُ لِمَن يَشَآءُ وَيُعَذِّبُ مَن يَشَآءُ وَلِلَّهِ مُلْكُ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَمَا بَيْنَهُمَا وَإِلَيْهِ ٱلْمَصِيرُ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)waqaalati l-yahoodu wan-nasaaraa nahnu abnaa'u llaahi wa'ahibbaa'uhu qul falima yu'adhdhibukum bidhunoobikum bal antum basharun mimman khalaqa yaghfiru liman yashaa'u wayu'adhdhibu man yashaa'u walillaahi mulku s-samaawaati wal-'ardi wamaa baynahumaa wa'ilayhi l-maseer
DIN 31635waqālati l-yahūdu wan-naṣārā naḥnu ʾabnāʾu llāhi waʾaḥibbāʾuhu qul falima yuʿaḏḏibukum biḏunūbikum bal ʾantum bašarun mimman ḫalaqa yaġfiru liman yašāʾu wayuʿaḏḏibu man yašāʾu walillāhi mulku s-samāwāti wal-ʾarḍi wamā baynahumā waʾilayhi l-maṣīru
The Jews and the Christians say, "We are the children of God, and His beloved." Say, "Why then does He punish you for your sins?" In fact, you are humans from among those He created. He forgives whom He wills, and He punishes whom He wills. To God belongs the dominion of the heavens and the earth and what lies between them, and to Him is the return.
Compare translations (4)
The Jews and Christians say: We are sons of Allah and His loved ones. Say: Why then doth He chastise you for your sins? Nay, ye are but mortals of His creating. He forgiveth whom He will, and chastiseth whom He will. Allah's is the Sovereignty of the heavens and the earth and all that is between them, and unto Him is the journeying
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
But the Jews and the Christians say, 'We are the sons of God and His beloved.' Say, 'Why then does He punish you for your sins? nay, ye are mortals of those whom He has created! He pardons whom He pleases, and punishes whom He pleases; for God's is the kingdom of the heavens and the earth, and what is between the two, and unto Him the journey is
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
Say the Jews and Christians, "Sons are we of God and his beloved." SAY: Why then doth he chastise you for your sins? Nay! ye are but a part of the men whom he hath created! He will pardon whom he pleaseth, and chastise whom he pleaseth, and with God is the sovereignty of the Heavens and of the Earth, and of all that is between them, and unto Him shall all things return
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
The Jews and the Christians say, we are the children of God, and his beloved. Answer, why therefore doth he punish you for your sins? Nay, but ye are men, of those whom he hath created. He forgiveth whom he pleaseth, and punisheth whom he pleaseth, and unto God belongeth the kingdom of heaven and earth, and of what is contained between them both; and unto him shall all things return
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
يَٰٓأَهْلَ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ قَدْ جَآءَكُمْ رَسُولُنَا يُبَيِّنُ لَكُمْ عَلَىٰ فَتْرَةٍ مِّنَ ٱلرُّسُلِ أَن تَقُولُوا۟ مَا جَآءَنَا مِنۢ بَشِيرٍ وَلَا نَذِيرٍ فَقَدْ جَآءَكُم بَشِيرٌ وَنَذِيرٌ وَٱللَّهُ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ قَدِيرٌ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)yaa ahla l-kitaabi qad jaa'akum rasoolunaa yubayyinu lakum 'alaa fatratin mina r-rusuli an taqooloo maa jaa'anaa min basheerin walaa nadheerin faqad jaa'akum basheerun wanadheerun wallaahu 'alaa kulli shay'in qadeer
DIN 31635yā ʾahla l-kitābi qad ǧāʾakum rasūlunā yubayyinu lakum ʿalā fatratin mina r-rusuli ʾan taqūlū mā ǧāʾanā min bašīrin walā naḏīrin faqad ǧāʾakum bašīrun wanaḏīrun wallāhu ʿalā kulli šayʾin qadīrun
O People of the Book! Our Messenger has come to you, making things clear to you-after a cessation of messengers-so that you cannot say, "No preacher has come to us, and no warner." In fact, a preacher has come to you, and a warner; and God is Capable of everything.
Compare translations (4)
O People of the Scripture! Now hath Our messenger come unto you to make things plain unto you after an interval (of cessation) of the messengers, lest ye should say: There came not unto us a messenger of cheer nor any warner. Now hath a messenger of cheer and a warner come unto you. Allah is Able to do all things
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
O people of the Book! our Apostle has come to you, explaining to you the interval of apostles; lest ye say, 'There came not to us a herald of glad tidings nor a warner.' But there has come to you now a herald of glad tidings and a warner, and God is mighty over all
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
O people of the Book! now hath our Apostle come to you to clear up to you the cessation of Apostles, lest you should say, "There hath come to us no bearer of good tidings, nor any warner." But now hath a bearer of good tidings and a warner reached you. And God is Almighty
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
O ye who have received the scriptures, now is our apostle come unto you, declaring unto you the true religion, during the cessation of apostles, lest ye should say, there came unto us no bearer of good tidings, nor any warner: But now is a bearer of good tidings, and a warner come unto you; and God is almighty
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
وَإِذْ قَالَ مُوسَىٰ لِقَوْمِهِۦ يَٰقَوْمِ ٱذْكُرُوا۟ نِعْمَةَ ٱللَّهِ عَلَيْكُمْ إِذْ جَعَلَ فِيكُمْ أَنۢبِيَآءَ وَجَعَلَكُم مُّلُوكًا وَءَاتَىٰكُم مَّا لَمْ يُؤْتِ أَحَدًا مِّنَ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)wa'idh qaala moosaa liqawmihi yaa qawmi dhkuroo ni'mata llaahi 'alaykum idh ja'ala feekum anbiyaa'a waja'alakum mulookan wa'aataakum maa lam yu'ti ahadan mina l-'aalameen
DIN 31635waʾiḏ qāla mūsā liqawmihi yā qawmi ḏkurū niʿmata llāhi ʿalaykum ʾiḏ ǧaʿala fīkum ʾanbiyāʾa waǧaʿalakum mulūkan waʾātākum mā lam yuʾti ʾaḥadan mina l-ʿālamīna
When Moses said to his people, "O my people, remember God's blessings upon you, when He placed prophets among you, and made you kings, and gave you what He never gave any other people."
Compare translations (4)
And (remember) when Moses said unto his people: O my people! Remember Allah's favour unto you, how He placed among you prophets, and He made you kings, and gave you that (which) He gave not to any (other) of (His) creatures
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
When Moses said to his people, 'O my people! remember the favour of God towards you when He made amongst you prophets, and made for you kings, and brought you what never was brought to anybody in the worlds
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
And remember when Moses said to his people, "O my people! call to mind the goodness of God towards you when he appointed Prophets among you, and appointed you kings, and gave you what never had been given before to any human beings
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
Call to mind when Moses said unto his people, O my people, remember the favour of God towards you, since he hath appointed prophets among you, and constituted you kings, and bestowed on you what he hath given to no other nation in the world
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
يَٰقَوْمِ ٱدْخُلُوا۟ ٱلْأَرْضَ ٱلْمُقَدَّسَةَ ٱلَّتِى كَتَبَ ٱللَّهُ لَكُمْ وَلَا تَرْتَدُّوا۟ عَلَىٰٓ أَدْبَارِكُمْ فَتَنقَلِبُوا۟ خَٰسِرِينَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)yaa qawmi dkhuloo l-'arda l-muqaddasata llatee kataba llaahu lakum walaa tartaddoo 'alaa adbaarikum fatanqaliboo khaasireen
DIN 31635yā qawmi dḫulū l-ʾarḍa l-muqaddasata llatī kataba llāhu lakum walā tartaddū ʿalā ʾadbārikum fatanqalibū ḫāsirīna
"O my people, enter the Holy Land which God has assigned for you, and do not turn back, lest you return as losers."
Compare translations (4)
O my people! Go into the holy land which Allah hath ordained for you. Turn not in flight, for surely ye turn back as losers
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
O my people! enter the Holy Land which God has prescribed for you; and be ye not thrust back upon your hinder parts and retreat losers
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
Enter, O my people! the holy land which God hath destined for you. Turn not back, lest ye be overthrown to your ruin
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
O my people, enter the holy land, which God hath decreed you, and turn not your backs, lest ye be subverted and perish
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
قَالُوا۟ يَٰمُوسَىٰٓ إِنَّ فِيهَا قَوْمًا جَبَّارِينَ وَإِنَّا لَن نَّدْخُلَهَا حَتَّىٰ يَخْرُجُوا۟ مِنْهَا فَإِن يَخْرُجُوا۟ مِنْهَا فَإِنَّا دَٰخِلُونَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)qaaloo yaa moosaa inna feehaa qawman jabbaareena wa'innaa lan nadkhulahaa hattaa yakhrujoo minhaa fa'in yakhrujoo minhaa fa'innaa daakhiloon
DIN 31635qālū yā mūsā ʾinna fīhā qawman ǧabbārīna waʾinnā lan nadḫulahā ḥattā yaḫruǧū minhā faʾin yaḫruǧū minhā faʾinnā dāḫilūna
They said, "O Moses, there are tyrannical people in it; we will not enter it until they leave it. If they leave it, we will be entering."
Compare translations (4)
They said: O Moses! Lo! a giant people (dwell) therein and lo! we go not in till they go forth from thence. When they go forth from thence, then we will enter (not till then)
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
They said, ' O Moses! verily, therein is a people, giants; and we will surely not enter therein until they go out from thence; but if they go out then we will enter in
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
They said, "O Moses! Therein are men of might. And verily, we can by no means enter it till they be gone forth. But if they go forth from it, then verily will we enter in
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
They answered, O Moses, verily there are a gigantic people in the land; and we will by no means enter it, until they depart thence; but if they depart thence, then will we enter therein
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
قَالَ رَجُلَانِ مِنَ ٱلَّذِينَ يَخَافُونَ أَنْعَمَ ٱللَّهُ عَلَيْهِمَا ٱدْخُلُوا۟ عَلَيْهِمُ ٱلْبَابَ فَإِذَا دَخَلْتُمُوهُ فَإِنَّكُمْ غَٰلِبُونَ وَعَلَى ٱللَّهِ فَتَوَكَّلُوٓا۟ إِن كُنتُم مُّؤْمِنِينَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)qaala rajulaani mina lladheena yakhaafoona an'ama llaahu 'alayhimaa dkhuloo 'alayhimu l-baaba fa'idhaa dakhaltumoohu fa'innakum ghaaliboona wa'alaa llaahi fatawakkaloo in kuntum mu'mineen
DIN 31635qāla raǧulāni mina llaḏīna yaḫāfūna ʾanʿama llāhu ʿalayhimā dḫulū ʿalayhimu l-bāba faʾiḏā daḫaltumūhu faʾinnakum ġālibūna waʿalā llāhi fatawakkalū ʾin kuntum muʾminīna
Two men of those who feared, but whom God had blessed, said, "Go at them by the gate; and when you have entered it, you will prevail. And put your trust in God, if you are believers."
Compare translations (4)
Then out spake two of those who feared (their Lord, men) unto whom Allah had been gracious: Enter in upon them by the gate, for if ye enter by it, lo! ye will be victorious. So put your trust (in Allah) if ye are indeed believers
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
Then said two men of those who fear, - God had been gracious to them both, - 'Enter ye upon them by the door, and when ye have entered it, verily, ye shall be victorious; and upon God do ye rely if ye be believers
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
Then said two men of those who feared their Lord and to whom God had been gracious, "Enter in upon them by the gate: and when ye enter it, ye overcome! If ye be believers, put ye your trust in God
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
And two men of those who feared God, unto whom God had been gracious, said, enter ye upon them suddenly by the gate of the city; and when ye shall have entered the same, ye shall surely be victorious: Therefore trust in God, if ye are true believers
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
قَالُوا۟ يَٰمُوسَىٰٓ إِنَّا لَن نَّدْخُلَهَآ أَبَدًا مَّا دَامُوا۟ فِيهَا فَٱذْهَبْ أَنتَ وَرَبُّكَ فَقَٰتِلَآ إِنَّا هَٰهُنَا قَٰعِدُونَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)qaaloo yaa moosaa innaa lan nadkhulahaa abadan maa daamoo feehaa fadhhab anta warabbuka faqaatilaa innaa haahunaa qaa'idoon
DIN 31635qālū yā mūsā ʾinnā lan nadḫulahā ʾabadan mā dāmū fīhā faḏhab ʾanta warabbuka faqātilā ʾinnā hāhunā qāʿidūna
They said, "O Moses, we will not enter it, ever, as long as they are in it. So go ahead, you and your Lord, and fight. We are staying right here."
Compare translations (4)
They said: O Moses! We will never enter (the land) while they are in it. So go thou and thy Lord and fight! We will sit here
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
They said, 'O Moses! we shall never enter it so long as they are therein; so, go thou and thy Lord and fight ye twain; verily, we will sit down here
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
They said, "O Moses! never can we enter while they remain therein. Go thou and thy Lord and fight; for here will we sit us down
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
They replied, O Moses, we will never enter the land, while they remain therein: Go therefore thou, and thy Lord, and fight; for we will sit here
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
قَالَ رَبِّ إِنِّى لَآ أَمْلِكُ إِلَّا نَفْسِى وَأَخِى فَٱفْرُقْ بَيْنَنَا وَبَيْنَ ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلْفَٰسِقِينَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)qaala rabbi innee laa amliku illaa nafsee wa'akhee fafruq baynanaa wabayna l-qawmi l-faasiqeen
DIN 31635qāla rabbi ʾinnī lā ʾamliku ʾillā nafsī waʾaḫī fafruq baynanā wabayna l-qawmi l-fāsiqīna
He said, "My Lord! I have control only over myself and my brother, so separate between us and between the wicked people."
Compare translations (4)
He said: My Lord! I have control of none but myself and my brother, so distinguish between us and the wrong-doing folk
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
Said he, 'My Lord, verily, I can control only myself and my brother; therefore part us from these sinful people
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
He said, "O my Lord, Verily of none am I master but of myself and my brother: put thou therefore a difference between us and this ungodly people
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
Moses said, O Lord, surely I am not master of any except my self, and my brother; therefore make a distinction between us and the ungodly people
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
قَالَ فَإِنَّهَا مُحَرَّمَةٌ عَلَيْهِمْ أَرْبَعِينَ سَنَةً يَتِيهُونَ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ فَلَا تَأْسَ عَلَى ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلْفَٰسِقِينَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)qaala fa'innahaa muharramatun 'alayhim arba'eena sanatan yateehoona fee l-'ardi falaa ta'sa 'alaa l-qawmi l-faasiqeen
DIN 31635qāla faʾinnahā muḥarramatun ʿalayhim ʾarbaʿīna sanatan yatīhūna fī l-ʾarḍi falā taʾsa ʿalā l-qawmi l-fāsiqīna
He said, "It is forbidden for them for forty years. They will wander aimlessly in the land. So do not grieve over the defiant people."
Compare translations (4)
(Their Lord) said: For this the land will surely be forbidden them for forty years that they will wander in the earth, bewildered. So grieve not over the wrongdoing folk
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
He said, 'Then, verily, it is forbidden them; for forty years shall they wander about in the earth; so vex not thyself for the sinful people
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
He said, "Verily the land shall be forbidden them forty years: they shall wander in the earth perplexed. Fret not thyself therefore for the ungodly people
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
God answered, verily the land shall be forbidden them forty years; during which time they shall wander like men astonished in the earth; therefore be not thou solicitous for the ungodly people
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
وَٱتْلُ عَلَيْهِمْ نَبَأَ ٱبْنَىْ ءَادَمَ بِٱلْحَقِّ إِذْ قَرَّبَا قُرْبَانًا فَتُقُبِّلَ مِنْ أَحَدِهِمَا وَلَمْ يُتَقَبَّلْ مِنَ ٱلْـَٔاخَرِ قَالَ لَأَقْتُلَنَّكَ قَالَ إِنَّمَا يَتَقَبَّلُ ٱللَّهُ مِنَ ٱلْمُتَّقِينَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)watlu 'alayhim naba'a bnay aadama bil-haqqi idh qarrabaa qurbaanan fatuqubbila min ahadihimaa walam yutaqabbal mina l-'aakhari qaala la'aqtulannaka qaala innamaa yataqabbalu llaahu mina l-muttaqeen
DIN 31635watlu ʿalayhim nabaʾa bnay ʾādama bil-ḥaqqi ʾiḏ qarrabā qurbānan fatuqubbila min ʾaḥadihimā walam yutaqabbal mina l-ʾāḫari qāla laʾaqtulannaka qāla ʾinnamā yataqabbalu llāhu mina l-muttaqīna
And relate to them the true story of Adam's two sons: when they offered an offering, and it was accepted from one of them, but it was not accepted from the other. He Said, "I will kill you." He Said, "God accepts only from the righteous."
Compare translations (4)
But recite unto them with truth the tale of the two sons of Adam, how they offered each a sacrifice, and it was accepted from the one of them and it was not accepted from the other. (The one) said: I will surely kill thee. (The other) answered: Allah accepteth only from those who ward off (evil)
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
Recite to them the story of the two sons of Adam; truly when they offered an offering and it was accepted from one of them, and was not accepted from the other, that one said, 'I will surely kill thee;' he said, 'God only accepts from those who fear
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
Relate to them exactly the story of the sons of Adam when they each offered an offering; accepted from the one of them, and not accepted from the other. The one said, "I will surely slay thee." Said the other, "God only accepted from those that fear Him
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
Relate also unto them the history of the two sons of Adam, with truth. When they offered their offering, and it was accepted from one of them, and was not accepted from the other, Cain said to his brother, I will certainly kill thee. Abel answered, God only accepteth the offering of the pious
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
لَئِنۢ بَسَطتَ إِلَىَّ يَدَكَ لِتَقْتُلَنِى مَآ أَنَا۠ بِبَاسِطٍ يَدِىَ إِلَيْكَ لِأَقْتُلَكَ إِنِّىٓ أَخَافُ ٱللَّهَ رَبَّ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)la'in basatta ilayya yadaka litaqtulanee maa anaa bibaasitin yadiya ilayka li'aqtulaka innee akhaafu llaaha rabba l-'aalameen
DIN 31635laʾin basaṭta ʾilayya yadaka litaqtulanī mā ʾanā bibāsiṭin yadiya ʾilayka liʾaqtulaka ʾinnī ʾaḫāfu llāha rabba l-ʿālamīna
"If you extend your hand to kill me, I will not extend my hand to kill you; for I fear God, Lord of the Worlds."
Compare translations (4)
Even if thou stretch out thy hand against me to kill me, I shall not stretch out my hand against thee to kill thee, lo! I fear Allah, the Lord of the Worlds
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
If thou dost stretch forth to me thine hand to kill me, I will not stretch forth mine hand to kill thee; verily, I fear God the Lord of the worlds
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
Even if thou stretch forth thine hand against me to slay me, I will not stretch forth my hand against thee to slay thee. Truly I fear God the Lord of the Worlds
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
if thou stretchest forth thy hand against me, to slay me, I will not stretch forth my hand against thee, to slay thee; for I fear God the Lord of all creatures
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
إِنِّىٓ أُرِيدُ أَن تَبُوٓأَ بِإِثْمِى وَإِثْمِكَ فَتَكُونَ مِنْ أَصْحَٰبِ ٱلنَّارِ وَذَٰلِكَ جَزَٰٓؤُا۟ ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)innee ureedu an taboo'a bi'ithmee wa'ithmika fatakoona min ashaabi n-naari wadhaalika jazaa'u z-zaalimeen
DIN 31635ʾinnī ʾurīdu ʾan tabūʾa biʾiṯmī waʾiṯmika fatakūna min ʾaṣḥābi n-nāri waḏālika ǧazāʾu ẓ-ẓālimīna
"I would rather you bear my sin and your sin, and you become among the inmates of the Fire. Such is the reward for the evildoers."
Compare translations (4)
Lo! I would rather thou shouldst bear the punishment of the sin against me and thine own sin and become one of the owners of the fire. That is the reward of evil-doers
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
verily, I wish that thou mayest draw upon thee my sin and thy sin, and be of the fellows of the Fire, for that is the reward of the unjust
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
Yea, rather would I that thou shouldest bear my sin and thine own sin, and that thou become an inmate of the Fire: for that is the recompense of the unjust doers
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
I choose that thou shouldest bear my iniquity and thine own iniquity; and that thou become a companion of hell fire; for that is the reward of the unjust
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
فَطَوَّعَتْ لَهُۥ نَفْسُهُۥ قَتْلَ أَخِيهِ فَقَتَلَهُۥ فَأَصْبَحَ مِنَ ٱلْخَٰسِرِينَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)fatawwa'at lahu nafsuhu qatla akheehi faqatalahu fa'asbaha mina l-khaasireen
DIN 31635faṭawwaʿat lahu nafsuhu qatla ʾaḫīhi faqatalahu faʾaṣbaḥa mina l-ḫāsirīna
Then His soul prompted him to kill his brother, so he killed him, and became one of the losers.
Compare translations (4)
But (the other's) mind imposed on him the killing of his brother, so he slew him and became one of the losers
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
But his soul allowed him to slay his brother, and he slew him, and in the morning he was of those who lose
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
And his passion led him to slay his brother: and he slew him; and he became one of those who perish
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
But his soul suffered him to slay his brother, and he slew him; wherefore he became of the number of those who perish
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
فَبَعَثَ ٱللَّهُ غُرَابًا يَبْحَثُ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ لِيُرِيَهُۥ كَيْفَ يُوَٰرِى سَوْءَةَ أَخِيهِ قَالَ يَٰوَيْلَتَىٰٓ أَعَجَزْتُ أَنْ أَكُونَ مِثْلَ هَٰذَا ٱلْغُرَابِ فَأُوَٰرِىَ سَوْءَةَ أَخِى فَأَصْبَحَ مِنَ ٱلنَّٰدِمِينَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)faba'atha llaahu ghuraaban yabhathu fee l-'ardi liyuriyahu kayfa yuwaaree saw'ata akheehi qaala yaa waylataa a'ajaztu an akoona mithla haadhaa l-ghuraabi fa'uwaariya saw'ata akhee fa'asbaha mina n-naadimeen
DIN 31635fabaʿaṯa llāhu ġurāban yabḥaṯu fī l-ʾarḍi liyuriyahu kayfa yuwārī sawʾata ʾaḫīhi qāla yā waylatā ʾaʿaǧaztu ʾan ʾakūna miṯla hāḏā l-ġurābi faʾuwāriya sawʾata ʾaḫī faʾaṣbaḥa mina n-nādimīna
Then God sent a raven digging the ground, to show him how to cover his brother's corpse. He said, "Woe to me! I was unable to be like this raven, and bury my brother's corpse." So he became full of regrets.
Compare translations (4)
Then Allah sent a raven scratching up the ground, to show him how to hide his brother's naked corpse. He said: Woe unto me! Am I not able to be as this raven and so hide my brother's naked corpse? And he became repentant
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
And God sent a crow to scratch in the earth and show him how he might hide his brother's shame, he said, ' Alas, for me! Am I too helpless to become like this crow and hide my brother's shame?' and in the morning he was of those who did repent
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
And God sent a raven which scratched upon the ground, to shew him how he might hide his brother's wrong. He said: "O woe is me! am I too weak to become like this raven, and to hide away my brother's wrong?" And he became one of the repentant
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
And God sent a raven, which scratched the earth, to shew him how he should hide the shame of his brother, and he said, wo is me! Am I unable to be like this raven, that I may hide my brother's shame? And he became one of those who repent
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
مِنْ أَجْلِ ذَٰلِكَ كَتَبْنَا عَلَىٰ بَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ أَنَّهُۥ مَن قَتَلَ نَفْسًۢا بِغَيْرِ نَفْسٍ أَوْ فَسَادٍ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ فَكَأَنَّمَا قَتَلَ ٱلنَّاسَ جَمِيعًا وَمَنْ أَحْيَاهَا فَكَأَنَّمَآ أَحْيَا ٱلنَّاسَ جَمِيعًا وَلَقَدْ جَآءَتْهُمْ رُسُلُنَا بِٱلْبَيِّنَٰتِ ثُمَّ إِنَّ كَثِيرًا مِّنْهُم بَعْدَ ذَٰلِكَ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ لَمُسْرِفُونَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)min ajli dhaalika katabnaa 'alaa banee israa'eela annahu man qatala nafsan bighayri nafsin aw fasaadin fee l-'ardi faka'annamaa qatala n-naasa jamee'an waman ahyaahaa faka'annamaa ahyaa n-naasa jamee'an walaqad jaa'athum rusulunaa bil-bayyinaati thumma inna katheeran minhum ba'da dhaalika fee l-'ardi lamusrifoon
DIN 31635min ʾaǧli ḏālika katabnā ʿalā banī ʾisrāʾīla ʾannahu man qatala nafsan biġayri nafsin ʾaw fasādin fī l-ʾarḍi fakaʾannamā qatala n-nāsa ǧamīʿan waman ʾaḥyāhā fakaʾannamā ʾaḥyā n-nāsa ǧamīʿan walaqad ǧāʾathum rusulunā bil-bayyināti ṯumma ʾinna kaṯīran minhum baʿda ḏālika fī l-ʾarḍi lamusrifūna
Because of that We ordained for the Children of Israel: that whoever kills a person-unless it is for murder or corruption on earth-it is as if he killed the whole of mankind; and whoever saves it, it is as if he saved the whole of mankind. Our messengers came to them with clarifications, but even after that, many of them continue to commit excesses in the land.
Compare translations (4)
For that cause We decreed for the Children of Israel that whosoever killeth a human being for other than manslaughter or corruption in the earth, it shall be as if he had killed all mankind, and whoso saveth the life of one, it shall be as if he had saved the life of all mankind. Our messengers came unto them of old with clear proofs (of Allah's Sovereignty), but afterwards lo! many of them became prodigals in the earth
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
For this cause have we prescribed to the children of Israel that whoso kills a soul, unless it be for another soul or for violence in the land, it is as though he had killed men altogether; but whoso saves one, it is as though he saved men altogether. Our apostles came to them with manifest signs; then, verily, many of them did after that commit excesses in the earth
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
For this cause have we ordained to the children of Israel that he who slayeth any one, unless it be a person guilty of manslaughter, or of spreading disorders in the land, shall be as though he had slain all mankind; but that he who saveth a life, shall be as though he had saved all mankind alive. Of old our Apostles came to them with the proofs of their mission; then verily after this most of them committed excesses in the land
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
Wherefore we commanded the children of Israel, that he who slayeth a soul, without adding thereto the murder of another soul, or without committing wickedness in the earth, shall be as if he had slain all mankind: But he who saveth a soul alive, shall be as if he had saved the lives of all mankind. Our apostles formerly came unto them, with evident miracles; then were many of them, after this, transgressors on the earth
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
إِنَّمَا جَزَٰٓؤُا۟ ٱلَّذِينَ يُحَارِبُونَ ٱللَّهَ وَرَسُولَهُۥ وَيَسْعَوْنَ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ فَسَادًا أَن يُقَتَّلُوٓا۟ أَوْ يُصَلَّبُوٓا۟ أَوْ تُقَطَّعَ أَيْدِيهِمْ وَأَرْجُلُهُم مِّنْ خِلَٰفٍ أَوْ يُنفَوْا۟ مِنَ ٱلْأَرْضِ ذَٰلِكَ لَهُمْ خِزْىٌ فِى ٱلدُّنْيَا وَلَهُمْ فِى ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ عَذَابٌ عَظِيمٌ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)innamaa jazaa'u lladheena yuhaariboona llaaha warasoolahu wayas'awna fee l-'ardi fasaadan an yuqattaloo aw yusallaboo aw tuqatta'a aydeehim wa'arjuluhum min khilaafin aw yunfaw mina l-'ardi dhaalika lahum khizyun fee d-dunyaa walahum fee l-'aakhirati 'adhaabun 'azeem
DIN 31635ʾinnamā ǧazāʾu llaḏīna yuḥāribūna llāha warasūlahu wayasʿawna fī l-ʾarḍi fasādan ʾan yuqattalū ʾaw yuṣallabū ʾaw tuqaṭṭaʿa ʾaydīhim waʾarǧuluhum min ḫilāfin ʾaw yunfaw mina l-ʾarḍi ḏālika lahum ḫizyun fī d-dunyā walahum fī l-ʾāḫirati ʿaḏābun ʿaẓīmun
The punishment for those who fight God and His Messenger, and strive to spread corruption on earth, is that they be killed, or crucified, or have their hands and feet cut off on opposite sides, or be banished from the land. That is to disgrace them in this life; and in the Hereafter they will have a terrible punishment.
Compare translations (4)
The only reward of those who make war upon Allah and His messenger and strive after corruption in the land will be that they will be killed or crucified, or have their hands and feet on alternate sides cut off, or will be expelled out of the land. Such will be their degradation in the world, and in the Hereafter theirs will be an awful doom
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
The reward of those who make war against God and His Apostle, and strive after violence in the earth, is only that they shall be slaughtered or crucified, or their hands cut off and their feet on alternate sides, or that they shall be banished from the land; - that is a disgrace for them in this world, and for them in the next is mighty woe
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
Only, the recompense of those who war against God and his Apostle, and go about to commit disorders on the earth, shall be that they shall be slain or crucified, or have their alternate hands and feet cut off, or be banished the land: This their disgrace in this world, and in the next a great torment shall be theirs
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
But the recompense of those who fight against God and his apostle, and study to act corruptly in the earth, shall be, that they shall be slain, or crucified, or have their hands and their feet cut off on the opposite sides, or be banished the land. This shall be their disgrace in this world, and in the next world they shall suffer a grievous punishment
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
إِلَّا ٱلَّذِينَ تَابُوا۟ مِن قَبْلِ أَن تَقْدِرُوا۟ عَلَيْهِمْ فَٱعْلَمُوٓا۟ أَنَّ ٱللَّهَ غَفُورٌ رَّحِيمٌ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)illaa lladheena taaboo min qabli an taqdiroo 'alayhim fa'lamoo anna llaaha ghafoorun raheem
DIN 31635ʾillā llaḏīna tābū min qabli ʾan taqdirū ʿalayhim faʿlamū ʾanna llāha ġafūrun raḥīmun
Except for those who repent before you apprehend them. So know that God is Forgiving and Merciful.
Compare translations (4)
Save those who repent before ye overpower them. For know that Allah is Forgiving, Merciful
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
save for those who repent before ye have them in your power, for know ye that God is forgiving, merciful
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
Except those who, ere you have them in your power, shall repent; for know that God is Forgiving, Merciful
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
except those who shall repent, before ye prevail against them; for know that God is inclined to forgive, and merciful
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ ٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَٱبْتَغُوٓا۟ إِلَيْهِ ٱلْوَسِيلَةَ وَجَٰهِدُوا۟ فِى سَبِيلِهِۦ لَعَلَّكُمْ تُفْلِحُونَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa lladheena aamanoo taqoo llaaha wabtaghoo ilayhi l-waseelata wajaahidoo fee sabeelihi la'allakum tuflihoon
DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā llaḏīna ʾāmanū taqū llāha wabtaġū ʾilayhi l-wasīlata waǧāhidū fī sabīlihi laʿallakum tufliḥūna
The translators word this verse differently
O you who believe! Be conscious of God, and seek the means of approach to Him, and strive in His cause, so that you may succeed.
Compare translations (4)
O ye who believe! Be mindful of your duty to Allah, and seek the way of approach unto Him, and strive in His way in order that ye may succeed
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
O ye who believe! fear God and crave the means to approach Him, and be strenuous in His way, haply ye will prosper then
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
O ye who believe! fear God. Desire union with Him. Contend earnestly on his path, that you may attain to happiness
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
O true believers, fear God, and earnestly desire a near conjunction with Him, and fight for his religion, that ye may be happy
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ لَوْ أَنَّ لَهُم مَّا فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ جَمِيعًا وَمِثْلَهُۥ مَعَهُۥ لِيَفْتَدُوا۟ بِهِۦ مِنْ عَذَابِ يَوْمِ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ مَا تُقُبِّلَ مِنْهُمْ وَلَهُمْ عَذَابٌ أَلِيمٌ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)inna lladheena kafaroo law anna lahum maa fee l-'ardi jamee'an wamithlahu ma'ahu liyaftadoo bihi min 'adhaabi yawmi l-qiyaamati maa tuqubbila minhum walahum 'adhaabun aleem
DIN 31635ʾinna llaḏīna kafarū law ʾanna lahum mā fī l-ʾarḍi ǧamīʿan wamiṯlahu maʿahu liyaftadū bihi min ʿaḏābi yawmi l-qiyāmati mā tuqubbila minhum walahum ʿaḏābun ʾalīmun
As for those who disbelieve, even if they owned everything on earth, and the like of it with it, and they offered it to ransom themselves from the torment of the Day of Resurrection, it will not be accepted from them. For them is a painful punishment.
Compare translations (4)
As for those who disbelieve, lo! if all that is in the earth were theirs, and as much again therewith, to ransom them from the doom on the Day of Resurrection, it would not be accepted from them. Theirs will be a painful doom
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
Verily, those who disbelieve, even though they had what is in the earth, all of it, and the like thereof with it, to offer as a ransom from the punishment of the resurrection day, it would not be accepted from them; but for them is grievous woe
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
As to the infidels - if that they had twice the riches of the earth to be their ransom from torment on the day of resurrection, it should not be accepted from them! And a dolorous torment shall be their's
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
Moreover they who believe not, although they had whatever is in the earth, and as much more withal, that they might therewith redeem themselves from punishment on the day of resurrection; it shall not be accepted from them, but they shall suffer a painful punishment
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
يُرِيدُونَ أَن يَخْرُجُوا۟ مِنَ ٱلنَّارِ وَمَا هُم بِخَٰرِجِينَ مِنْهَا وَلَهُمْ عَذَابٌ مُّقِيمٌ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)yureedoona an yakhrujoo mina n-naari wamaa hum bikhaarijeena minhaa walahum 'adhaabun muqeem
DIN 31635yurīdūna ʾan yaḫruǧū mina n-nāri wamā hum biḫāriǧīna minhā walahum ʿaḏābun muqīmun
They will want to leave the Fire, but they will not leave it. For them is a lasting punishment.
Compare translations (4)
They will wish to come forth from the Fire, but they will not come forth from it. Theirs will be a lasting doom
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
They may wish to go forth from the Fire, but they shall not go forth therefrom, for them is lasting woe
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
Fain would they come forth from the Fire; but forth from it they shall not come: and a lasting torment shall be their's
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
They shall desire to go forth from the fire, but they shall not go forth from it, and their punishment shall be permanent
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
وَٱلسَّارِقُ وَٱلسَّارِقَةُ فَٱقْطَعُوٓا۟ أَيْدِيَهُمَا جَزَآءًۢ بِمَا كَسَبَا نَكَٰلًا مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ وَٱللَّهُ عَزِيزٌ حَكِيمٌ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)was-saariqu was-saariqatu faqta'oo aydiyahumaa jazaa'an bimaa kasabaa nakaalan mina llaahi wallaahu 'azeezun hakeem
DIN 31635was-sāriqu was-sāriqatu faqṭaʿū ʾaydiyahumā ǧazāʾan bimā kasabā nakālan mina llāhi wallāhu ʿazīzun ḥakīmun
As for the thief, whether male or female, cut their hands as a penalty for what they have reaped-a deterrent from God. God is Mighty and Wise.
Compare translations (4)
As for the thief, both male and female, cut off their hands. It is the reward of their own deeds, an exemplary punishment from Allah. Allah is Mighty, Wise
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
The man thief and the woman thief, cut off the hands of both as a punishment, for that they have erred; - an example from God, for God is mighty, wise
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
As to the thief, whether man or woman, cut ye off their hands in recompense for their doings. This is a penalty by way of warning from God himself. And God is Mighty, Wise
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
If a man or a woman steal, cut off their hands, in retribution for that which they have committed; this is an exemplary punishment appointed by God; and God is mighty and wise
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
فَمَن تَابَ مِنۢ بَعْدِ ظُلْمِهِۦ وَأَصْلَحَ فَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ يَتُوبُ عَلَيْهِ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ غَفُورٌ رَّحِيمٌ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)faman taaba min ba'di zulmihi wa'aslaha fa'inna llaaha yatoobu 'alayhi inna llaaha ghafoorun raheem
DIN 31635faman tāba min baʿdi ẓulmihi waʾaṣlaḥa faʾinna llāha yatūbu ʿalayhi ʾinna llāha ġafūrun raḥīmun
But whoever repents after his crime, and reforms, God will accept his repentance. God is Forgiving and Merciful.
Compare translations (4)
But whoso repenteth after his wrongdoing and amendeth, lo! Allah will relent toward him. Lo! Allah is Forgiving, Merciful
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
But whoso turns again after his injustice and acts aright, verily, God will turn to him, for, verily, God is forgiving, merciful
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
But whoever shall turn him to God after this his wickedness, and amend, God truly will be turned to him: for God is Forgiving, Merciful
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
But whoever shall repent after his iniquity, and amend, verily God will be turned unto him, for God is inclined to forgive, and merciful
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
أَلَمْ تَعْلَمْ أَنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَهُۥ مُلْكُ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ يُعَذِّبُ مَن يَشَآءُ وَيَغْفِرُ لِمَن يَشَآءُ وَٱللَّهُ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ قَدِيرٌ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)alam ta'lam anna llaaha lahu mulku s-samaawaati wal-'ardi yu'adhdhibu man yashaa'u wayaghfiru liman yashaa'u wallaahu 'alaa kulli shay'in qadeer
DIN 31635ʾalam taʿlam ʾanna llāha lahu mulku s-samāwāti wal-ʾarḍi yuʿaḏḏibu man yašāʾu wayaġfiru liman yašāʾu wallāhu ʿalā kulli šayʾin qadīrun
Do you not know that to God belongs the kingdom of the heavens and the earth? He punishes whom He wills, and He forgives whom He wills. And God is Capable of everything.
Compare translations (4)
Knowest thou not that unto Allah belongeth the Sovereignty of the heavens and the earth? He punisheth whom He will, and forgiveth whom He will. Allah is Able to do all things
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
Do ye not know that God, His is the kingdom of the heavens and the earth; He punishes whom He pleases, and forgives whom He pleases, for God is mighty overall
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
Knowest thou not that the sovereignty of the Heavens and of the Earth is God's? He chastiseth whom He will, and whom He will He forgiveth. And God hath power over all things
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
Dost thou not know that the kingdom of heaven and earth is God's? He punisheth whom he pleaseth, and he pardoneth whom he pleaseth; for God is almighty
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلرَّسُولُ لَا يَحْزُنكَ ٱلَّذِينَ يُسَٰرِعُونَ فِى ٱلْكُفْرِ مِنَ ٱلَّذِينَ قَالُوٓا۟ ءَامَنَّا بِأَفْوَٰهِهِمْ وَلَمْ تُؤْمِن قُلُوبُهُمْ وَمِنَ ٱلَّذِينَ هَادُوا۟ سَمَّٰعُونَ لِلْكَذِبِ سَمَّٰعُونَ لِقَوْمٍ ءَاخَرِينَ لَمْ يَأْتُوكَ يُحَرِّفُونَ ٱلْكَلِمَ مِنۢ بَعْدِ مَوَاضِعِهِۦ يَقُولُونَ إِنْ أُوتِيتُمْ هَٰذَا فَخُذُوهُ وَإِن لَّمْ تُؤْتَوْهُ فَٱحْذَرُوا۟ وَمَن يُرِدِ ٱللَّهُ فِتْنَتَهُۥ فَلَن تَمْلِكَ لَهُۥ مِنَ ٱللَّهِ شَيْـًٔا أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ ٱلَّذِينَ لَمْ يُرِدِ ٱللَّهُ أَن يُطَهِّرَ قُلُوبَهُمْ لَهُمْ فِى ٱلدُّنْيَا خِزْىٌ وَلَهُمْ فِى ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ عَذَابٌ عَظِيمٌ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa r-rasoolu laa yahzunka lladheena yusaari'oona fee l-kufri mina lladheena qaaloo aamannaa bi'afwaahihim walam tu'min quloobuhum wamina lladheena haadoo sammaa'oona lilkadhibi sammaa'oona liqawmin aakhareena lam ya'tooka yuharrifoona l-kalima min ba'di mawaadi'ihi yaqooloona in ooteetum haadhaa fakhudhoohu wa'in lam tu'tawhu fahdharoo waman yuridi llaahu fitnatahu falan tamlika lahu mina llaahi shay'an oolaa'ika lladheena lam yuridi llaahu an yutahhira quloobahum lahum fee d-dunyaa khizyun walahum fee l-'aakhirati 'adhaabun 'azeem
DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā r-rasūlu lā yaḥzunka llaḏīna yusāriʿūna fī l-kufri mina llaḏīna qālū ʾāmannā biʾafwāhihim walam tuʾmin qulūbuhum wamina llaḏīna hādū sammāʿūna lilkaḏibi sammāʿūna liqawmin ʾāḫarīna lam yaʾtūka yuḥarrifūna l-kalima min baʿdi mawāḍiʿihi yaqūlūna ʾin ʾūtītum hāḏā faḫuḏūhu waʾin lam tuʾtawhu faḥḏarū waman yuridi llāhu fitnatahu falan tamlika lahu mina llāhi šayʾan ʾūlāʾika llaḏīna lam yuridi llāhu ʾan yuṭahhira qulūbahum lahum fī d-dunyā ḫizyun walahum fī l-ʾāḫirati ʿaḏābun ʿaẓīmun
O Messenger! Do not let those who are quick to disbelief grieve you-from among those who say with their mouths, "We believe," but their hearts do not believe; and from among the Jews-listeners to lies, listeners to other people who did not come to you. They distort words from their places, and they say, "If you are given this, accept it; but if you are not given it, beware." Whomever God has willed to divert, you have nothing for him from God. Those are they whose hearts God does not intend to purify. For them is disgrace in this world, and for them is a great punishment in the Hereafter.
Compare translations (4)
O Messenger! Let not them grieve thee who vie one with another in the race to disbelief, of such as say with their mouths: "We believe," but their hearts believe not, and of the Jews: listeners for the sake of falsehood, listeners on behalf of other folk who come not unto thee, changing words from their context and saying: If this be given unto you, receive it, but if this be not given unto you, then beware! He whom Allah doometh unto sin, thou (by thine efforts) wilt avail him naught against Allah. Those are they for whom the Will of Allah is that He cleanse not their hearts. Theirs in the world will be ignominy, and in the Hereafter an awful doom
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
O thou Apostle! let not those grieve thee who vie in misbelief; or those who say with their mouths 'We believe,' but their hearts do not believe; or of those who are Jews, listeners to a lie, - listeners to other people, but who come not to thee. They pervert the words from their places and say, ' If this is what ye are given, take it; but if ye are not given it, then beware!' but he whom God wishes to mislead, thou canst do nothing with God for him; these are those whose hearts God wishes not to purify, for them in this world is disgrace, and for them in the next is mighty woe
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
O Apostle! let not those who vie with one another in speeding to infidelity vex thee; - of those who say with their mouths, "We believe," but whose hearts believe not; - or of the Jews listeners to a lie-listeners to others - but who come not to thee. They shift the words of the law from their places, and say, "If this be brought to you, receive it; but if this be not brought to you, then beware of it." For him whom God would mislead, thou canst in no wise prevail with God! They whose hearts God shall not please to cleanse, shall suffer disgrace in this world, and in the next a grievous punishment
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
O apostle, let not them grieve thee, who hasten to infidelity, either of those who say, we believe, with their mouths, but whose hearts believe not; or of the Jews, who hearken to a lie, and hearken to other people; who come not unto thee: They pervert the words of the law from their true places, and say, if this be brought unto you, receive it; but if it be not brought unto you, beware of receiving ought else; and in behalf of him whom God shall resolve to seduce , thou shalt not prevail with God at all. They whose hearts God shall not please to cleanse, shall suffer shame in this world, and a grievous punishment in the next
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
سَمَّٰعُونَ لِلْكَذِبِ أَكَّٰلُونَ لِلسُّحْتِ فَإِن جَآءُوكَ فَٱحْكُم بَيْنَهُمْ أَوْ أَعْرِضْ عَنْهُمْ وَإِن تُعْرِضْ عَنْهُمْ فَلَن يَضُرُّوكَ شَيْـًٔا وَإِنْ حَكَمْتَ فَٱحْكُم بَيْنَهُم بِٱلْقِسْطِ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ يُحِبُّ ٱلْمُقْسِطِينَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)sammaa'oona lilkadhibi akkaaloona lilssuhti fa'in jaa'ooka fahkum baynahum aw a'rid 'anhum wa'in tu'rid 'anhum falan yadurrooka shay'an wa'in hakamta fahkum baynahum bil-qisti inna llaaha yuhibbu l-muqsiteen
DIN 31635sammāʿūna lilkaḏibi ʾakkālūna lilssuḥti faʾin ǧāʾūka faḥkum baynahum ʾaw ʾaʿriḍ ʿanhum waʾin tuʿriḍ ʿanhum falan yaḍurrūka šayʾan waʾin ḥakamta faḥkum baynahum bil-qisṭi ʾinna llāha yuḥibbu l-muqsiṭīna
The translators word this verse differently
Listeners to falsehoods, eaters of illicit earnings. If they come to you, judge between them, or turn away from them. If you turn away from them, they will not harm you in the least. But if you judge, judge between them equitably. God loves the equitable.
Compare translations (4)
Listeners for the sake of falsehood! Greedy for illicit gain! If then they have recourse unto thee (Muhammad) judge between them or disclaim jurisdiction. If thou disclaimest jurisdiction, then they cannot harm thee at all. But if thou judgest, judge between them with equity. Lo! Allah loveth the equitable
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
listeners to a lie, eaters of unlawful things! But if they come to thee, then judge between them or turn aside from them; but if thou turnest aside from them they shall not harm thee at all, but if thou judgest, then judge between them with justice, verily, God loves the just
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
Listeners to a falsehood and greedy devourers of the forbidden! If, therefore, they have recourse to thee, then judge between them, or withdraw from them. If thou withdraw from them, then can they have no power to injure thee. But if thou judge, then judge between them with equity. Verily, God loveth those who deal equitably
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
Who hearken to a lie, and eat that which is forbidden. But if they come unto thee for judgment, either judge between them, or leave them; and if thou leave them, they shall not hurt thee at all. But if thou undertake to judge, judge between them with equity; for God loveth those who observe justice
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
وَكَيْفَ يُحَكِّمُونَكَ وَعِندَهُمُ ٱلتَّوْرَىٰةُ فِيهَا حُكْمُ ٱللَّهِ ثُمَّ يَتَوَلَّوْنَ مِنۢ بَعْدِ ذَٰلِكَ وَمَآ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ بِٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)wakayfa yuhakkimoonaka wa'indahumu t-tawraatu feehaa hukmu llaahi thumma yatawallawna min ba'di dhaalika wamaa oolaa'ika bil-mu'mineen
DIN 31635wakayfa yuḥakkimūnaka waʿindahumu t-tawrātu fīhā ḥukmu llāhi ṯumma yatawallawna min baʿdi ḏālika wamā ʾūlāʾika bil-muʾminīna
The translators word this verse differently
But why do they come to you for judgment, when they have the Torah, in which is God's Law? Yet they turn away after that. These are not believers.
Compare translations (4)
How come they unto thee for judgment when they have the Torah, wherein Allah hath delivered judgment (for them)? Yet even after that they turn away. Such (folk) are not believers
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
But how should they make thee their judge, when they have the law wherein is God's judgment? Yet they turn back after that, for they do not believe
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
But how shall they make thee their judge, since they possess already the Law, in which are the behests of God, and have not obeyed it? After this, they will turn their backs; but such are not believers
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
And how will they submit to thy decision, since they have the law, containing the judgment of God? Then will they turn their backs, after this; but those are not true believers
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
إِنَّآ أَنزَلْنَا ٱلتَّوْرَىٰةَ فِيهَا هُدًى وَنُورٌ يَحْكُمُ بِهَا ٱلنَّبِيُّونَ ٱلَّذِينَ أَسْلَمُوا۟ لِلَّذِينَ هَادُوا۟ وَٱلرَّبَّٰنِيُّونَ وَٱلْأَحْبَارُ بِمَا ٱسْتُحْفِظُوا۟ مِن كِتَٰبِ ٱللَّهِ وَكَانُوا۟ عَلَيْهِ شُهَدَآءَ فَلَا تَخْشَوُا۟ ٱلنَّاسَ وَٱخْشَوْنِ وَلَا تَشْتَرُوا۟ بِـَٔايَٰتِى ثَمَنًا قَلِيلًا وَمَن لَّمْ يَحْكُم بِمَآ أَنزَلَ ٱللَّهُ فَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلْكَٰفِرُونَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)innaa anzalnaa t-tawraata feehaa hudan wanoorun yahkumu bihaa n-nabiyyoona lladheena aslamoo lilladheena haadoo war-rabbaaniyyoona wal-'ahbaaru bimaa stuhfizoo min kitaabi llaahi wakaanoo 'alayhi shuhadaa'a falaa takhshawu n-naasa wakhshawni walaa tashtaroo bi'aayaatee thamanan qaleelan waman lam yahkum bimaa anzala llaahu fa'oolaa'ika humu l-kaafiroon
DIN 31635ʾinnā ʾanzalnā t-tawrāta fīhā hudan wanūrun yaḥkumu bihā n-nabiyyūna llaḏīna ʾaslamū lillaḏīna hādū war-rabbāniyyūna wal-ʾaḥbāru bimā stuḥfiẓū min kitābi llāhi wakānū ʿalayhi šuhadāʾa falā taḫšawu n-nāsa waḫšawni walā taštarū biʾāyātī ṯamanan qalīlan waman lam yaḥkum bimā ʾanzala llāhu faʾūlāʾika humu l-kāfirūna
We have revealed the Torah, wherein is guidance and light. The submissive prophets ruled the Jews according to it, so did the rabbis and the scholars, as they were required to protect God's Book, and were witnesses to it. So do not fear people, but fear Me. And do not sell My revelations for a cheap price. Those who do not rule according to what God revealed are the unbelievers.
Compare translations (4)
Lo! We did reveal the Torah, wherein is guidance and a light, by which the prophets who surrendered (unto Allah) judged the Jews, and the rabbis and the priests (judged) by such of Allah's Scripture as they were bidden to observe, and thereunto were they witnesses. So fear not mankind, but fear Me. And My revelations for a little gain. Whoso judgeth not by that which Allah hath revealed: such are disbelievers
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
Verily, we have revealed the law in which is guidance and light; the prophets who we're resigned did judge thereby those who were Jews, as did the masters and doctors by what they remembered of the Book of God and by what they were witnesses of. Fear not men, but fear me, and sell not my signs for a little price; for whoso will not judge by what God has revealed, these be the misbelievers
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
Verily, we have sent down the law (Towrat) wherein are guidance and light. By it did the prophets who professed Islam judge the Jews; and the doctors and the teachers judged by that portion of the Book of God, of which they were the keepers and the witnesses. Therefore, O Jews! fear not men but fear Me; and barter not away my signs for a mean price! And whoso will not judge by what God hath sent down - such are the Infidels
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
We have surely sent down the law, containing direction, and light: Thereby did the prophets, who professed the true religion, judge those who Judaized; and the doctors and priests also judged by the book of God, which had been committed to their custody; and they were witnesses thereof. Therefore fear not men, but fear me; neither sell my signs for a small price. And whoso judgeth not according to what God hath revealed, they are infidels
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
وَكَتَبْنَا عَلَيْهِمْ فِيهَآ أَنَّ ٱلنَّفْسَ بِٱلنَّفْسِ وَٱلْعَيْنَ بِٱلْعَيْنِ وَٱلْأَنفَ بِٱلْأَنفِ وَٱلْأُذُنَ بِٱلْأُذُنِ وَٱلسِّنَّ بِٱلسِّنِّ وَٱلْجُرُوحَ قِصَاصٌ فَمَن تَصَدَّقَ بِهِۦ فَهُوَ كَفَّارَةٌ لَّهُۥ وَمَن لَّمْ يَحْكُم بِمَآ أَنزَلَ ٱللَّهُ فَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلظَّٰلِمُونَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)wakatabnaa 'alayhim feehaa anna n-nafsa bin-nafsi wal-'ayna bil-'ayni wal-'anfa bil-'anfi wal-'udhuna bil-'udhuni was-sinna bis-sinni wal-jurooha qisaasun faman tasaddaqa bihi fahuwa kaffaaratun lahu waman lam yahkum bimaa anzala llaahu fa'oolaa'ika humu z-zaalimoon
DIN 31635wakatabnā ʿalayhim fīhā ʾanna n-nafsa bin-nafsi wal-ʿayna bil-ʿayni wal-ʾanfa bil-ʾanfi wal-ʾuḏuna bil-ʾuḏuni was-sinna bis-sinni wal-ǧurūḥa qiṣāṣun faman taṣaddaqa bihi fahuwa kaffāratun lahu waman lam yaḥkum bimā ʾanzala llāhu faʾūlāʾika humu ẓ-ẓālimūna
And We wrote for them in it: a life for a life, an eye for an eye, a nose for a nose, an ear for an ear, a tooth for a tooth, and an equal wound for a wound; but whoever forgoes it in charity, it will serve as atonement for him. Those who do not rule according to what God revealed are the evildoers.
Compare translations (4)
And We prescribed for them therein: The life for the life, and the eye for the eye, and the nose for the nose, and the ear for the ear, and the tooth for the tooth, and for wounds retaliation. But whoso forgoeth it (in the way of charity) it shall be expiation for him. Whoso judgeth not by that which Allah hath revealed: such are wrong-doers
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
We have prescribed for thee therein 'a life for a life, and an eye for an eye, and a nose for a nose, and an ear for an ear, and a tooth for a tooth, and for wounds retaliation;' but whoso remits it, it is an expiation for him, but he whoso will not judge by what God has revealed, these be the unjust
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
And therein have we enacted for them, "Life for life, and eye for eye, and nose for nose, and ear for ear, and tooth for tooth, and for wounds retaliation:" - Whoso shall compromise it as alms shall have therein the expiation of his sin; and whoso will not judge by what God hath sent down - such are the transgressors
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
We have therein commanded them, that they should give life for life, and eye for eye, and nose for nose, and ear for ear, and tooth for tooth; and that wounds should also be punished by retaliation: But whoever should remit it as alms, it should be accepted as an atonement for him. And whoso judgeth not according to what God hath revealed, they are unjust
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
وَقَفَّيْنَا عَلَىٰٓ ءَاثَٰرِهِم بِعِيسَى ٱبْنِ مَرْيَمَ مُصَدِّقًا لِّمَا بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ مِنَ ٱلتَّوْرَىٰةِ وَءَاتَيْنَٰهُ ٱلْإِنجِيلَ فِيهِ هُدًى وَنُورٌ وَمُصَدِّقًا لِّمَا بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ مِنَ ٱلتَّوْرَىٰةِ وَهُدًى وَمَوْعِظَةً لِّلْمُتَّقِينَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)waqaffaynaa 'alaa aathaarihim bi'eesaa bni maryama musaddiqan limaa bayna yadayhi mina t-tawraati wa'aataynaahu l-'injeela feehi hudan wanoorun wamusaddiqan limaa bayna yadayhi mina t-tawraati wahudan wamaw'izatan lilmuttaqeen
DIN 31635waqaffaynā ʿalā ʾāṯārihim biʿīsā bni maryama muṣaddiqan limā bayna yadayhi mina t-tawrāti waʾātaynāhu l-ʾinǧīla fīhi hudan wanūrun wamuṣaddiqan limā bayna yadayhi mina t-tawrāti wahudan wamawʿiẓatan lilmuttaqīna
In their footsteps, We sent Jesus son of Mary, fulfilling the Torah that preceded him; and We gave him the Gospel, wherein is guidance and light, and confirming the Torah that preceded him, and guidance and counsel for the righteous.
Compare translations (4)
And We caused Jesus, son of Mary, to follow in their footsteps, confirming that which was (revealed) before him in the Torah, and We bestowed on him the Gospel wherein is guidance and a light, confirming that which was (revealed) before it in the Torah - a guidance and an admonition unto those who ward off (evil)
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
And we followed up the footsteps of these (prophets) with Jesus the son of Mary, confirming that which was before him and the law, and we brought him the gospel, wherein is guidance and light, verifying what was before it of the law, and a guidance and an admonition unto those who fear
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
And in the footsteps of the prophets caused we Jesus, the son of Mary, to follow, confirming the law which was before him: and we gave him the Evangel with its guidance and light, confirmatory of the preceding Law; a guidance and warning to those who fear God
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
We also caused Jesus the son of Mary to follow the footsteps of the prophets, confirming the law which was sent down before him; and we gave him the gospel, containing direction and light; confirming also the law which was given before it, and a direction and admonition unto those who fear God
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
وَلْيَحْكُمْ أَهْلُ ٱلْإِنجِيلِ بِمَآ أَنزَلَ ٱللَّهُ فِيهِ وَمَن لَّمْ يَحْكُم بِمَآ أَنزَلَ ٱللَّهُ فَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلْفَٰسِقُونَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)walyahkum ahlu l-'injeeli bimaa anzala llaahu feehi waman lam yahkum bimaa anzala llaahu fa'oolaa'ika humu l-faasiqoon
DIN 31635walyaḥkum ʾahlu l-ʾinǧīli bimā ʾanzala llāhu fīhi waman lam yaḥkum bimā ʾanzala llāhu faʾūlāʾika humu l-fāsiqūna
The translators word this verse differently
So let the people of the Gospel rule according to what God revealed in it. Those who do not rule according to what God revealed are the sinners.
Compare translations (4)
Let the People of the Gospel judge by that which Allah hath revealed therein. Whoso judgeth not by that which Allah hath revealed: such are evil-livers
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
Then let the people of the gospel judge by that which is revealed therein, for whoso will not judge by what God has revealed, these be the evildoers
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
And that the people of the Evangel may judge according to what God hath sent down therein. And whoso will not judge by what God hath sent down - such are the perverse
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
That they who have received the gospel might judge according to what God hath revealed therein: And whoso judgeth not according to what God hath revealed, they are transgressors
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
وَأَنزَلْنَآ إِلَيْكَ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ بِٱلْحَقِّ مُصَدِّقًا لِّمَا بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ مِنَ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ وَمُهَيْمِنًا عَلَيْهِ فَٱحْكُم بَيْنَهُم بِمَآ أَنزَلَ ٱللَّهُ وَلَا تَتَّبِعْ أَهْوَآءَهُمْ عَمَّا جَآءَكَ مِنَ ٱلْحَقِّ لِكُلٍّ جَعَلْنَا مِنكُمْ شِرْعَةً وَمِنْهَاجًا وَلَوْ شَآءَ ٱللَّهُ لَجَعَلَكُمْ أُمَّةً وَٰحِدَةً وَلَٰكِن لِّيَبْلُوَكُمْ فِى مَآ ءَاتَىٰكُمْ فَٱسْتَبِقُوا۟ ٱلْخَيْرَٰتِ إِلَى ٱللَّهِ مَرْجِعُكُمْ جَمِيعًا فَيُنَبِّئُكُم بِمَا كُنتُمْ فِيهِ تَخْتَلِفُونَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)wa'anzalnaa ilayka l-kitaaba bil-haqqi musaddiqan limaa bayna yadayhi mina l-kitaabi wamuhayminan 'alayhi fahkum baynahum bimaa anzala llaahu walaa tattabi' ahwaa'ahum 'ammaa jaa'aka mina l-haqqi likullin ja'alnaa minkum shir'atan waminhaajan walaw shaa'a llaahu laja'alakum ummatan waahidatan walaakin liyabluwakum fee maa aataakum fastabiqoo l-khayraati ilaa llaahi marji'ukum jamee'an fayunabbi'ukum bimaa kuntum feehi takhtalifoon
DIN 31635waʾanzalnā ʾilayka l-kitāba bil-ḥaqqi muṣaddiqan limā bayna yadayhi mina l-kitābi wamuhayminan ʿalayhi faḥkum baynahum bimā ʾanzala llāhu walā tattabiʿ ʾahwāʾahum ʿammā ǧāʾaka mina l-ḥaqqi likullin ǧaʿalnā minkum širʿatan waminhāǧan walaw šāʾa llāhu laǧaʿalakum ʾummatan wāḥidatan walākin liyabluwakum fī mā ʾātākum fastabiqū l-ḫayrāti ʾilā llāhi marǧiʿukum ǧamīʿan fayunabbiʾukum bimā kuntum fīhi taḫtalifūna
And We revealed to you the Book, with truth, confirming the Scripture that preceded it, and superseding it. So judge between them according to what God revealed, and do not follow their desires if they differ from the truth that has come to you. For each of you We have assigned a law and a method. Had God willed, He could have made you a single nation, but He tests you through what He has given you. So compete in righteousness. To God is your return, all of you; then He will inform you of what you had disputed.
Compare translations (4)
And unto thee have We revealed the Scripture with the truth, confirming whatever Scripture was before it, and a watcher over it. So judge between them by that which Allah hath revealed, and follow not their desires away from the truth which hath come unto thee. For each We have appointed a divine law and a traced-out way. Had Allah willed He could have made you one community. But that He may try you by that which He hath given you (He hath made you as ye are). So vie one with another in good works. Unto Allah ye will all return, and He will then inform you of that wherein ye differ
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
We have revealed to thee the Book in truth verifying what was before it, and preserving it; judge then between them by what God has revealed, and follow not their lusts, turning away from what is given to thee of the truth. For each one of you have we made a law and a pathway; and had God pleased He would have made you one nation, but He will surely try you concerning that which He has brought you. Be ye therefore emulous in good deeds; to God is your return altogether, and He will let you know concerning that wherein ye do dispute
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
And to thee we have sent down the Book of the Koran with truth, confirmatory of previous Scriptures, and their safeguard. Judge therefore between them by what God hath sent down, and follow not their desires by deserting the truth which hath come unto thee. To every one of you have we given a rule and a beaten track. And if God had pleased He had surely made you all one people; but He would test you by what He hath given to each. Be emulous, then, in good deeds. To God shall ye all return, and He will tell you concerning the subjects of your disputes
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
We have also sent down unto thee the book of the Koran with truth, confirming that scripture which was revealed before it; and preserving the same safe from corruption. Judge therefore between them according to that which God hath revealed; and follow not their desires, by swerving from the truth which hath come unto thee. Unto every of you have we given a law, and an open path; and if God had pleased, he had surely made you one people; but he hath thought fit to give you different laws, that he might try you in that which he hath given you respectively. Therefore strive to excel each other in good works: Unto God shall ye all return, and then will he declare unto you that concerning which ye have disagreed
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
وَأَنِ ٱحْكُم بَيْنَهُم بِمَآ أَنزَلَ ٱللَّهُ وَلَا تَتَّبِعْ أَهْوَآءَهُمْ وَٱحْذَرْهُمْ أَن يَفْتِنُوكَ عَنۢ بَعْضِ مَآ أَنزَلَ ٱللَّهُ إِلَيْكَ فَإِن تَوَلَّوْا۟ فَٱعْلَمْ أَنَّمَا يُرِيدُ ٱللَّهُ أَن يُصِيبَهُم بِبَعْضِ ذُنُوبِهِمْ وَإِنَّ كَثِيرًا مِّنَ ٱلنَّاسِ لَفَٰسِقُونَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)wa'ani hkum baynahum bimaa anzala llaahu walaa tattabi' ahwaa'ahum wahdharhum an yaftinooka 'an ba'di maa anzala llaahu ilayka fa'in tawallaw fa'lam annamaa yureedu llaahu an yuseebahum biba'di dhunoobihim wa'inna katheeran mina n-naasi lafaasiqoon
DIN 31635waʾani ḥkum baynahum bimā ʾanzala llāhu walā tattabiʿ ʾahwāʾahum waḥḏarhum ʾan yaftinūka ʿan baʿḍi mā ʾanzala llāhu ʾilayka faʾin tawallaw faʿlam ʾannamā yurīdu llāhu ʾan yuṣībahum bibaʿḍi ḏunūbihim waʾinna kaṯīran mina n-nāsi lafāsiqūna
And judge between them according to what God revealed, and do not follow their desires. And beware of them, lest they lure you away from some of what God has revealed to you. But if they turn away, know that God intends to strike them with some of their sins. In fact, a great many people are corrupt.
Compare translations (4)
So judge between them by that which Allah hath revealed, and follow not their desires, but beware of them lest they seduce thee from some part of that which Allah hath revealed unto thee. And if they turn away, then know that Allah's Will is to smite them for some sin of theirs. Lo! many of mankind are evil-livers
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
Wherefore judge thou between them by what God has revealed, and follow not their lusts; but beware lest they mislead thee from part of what God has revealed to thee; yet if they turn back, then know that God wishes to fall on them for some sins of theirs, - verily, many men are evildoers
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
Wherefore do thou judge between them, by what God hath sent down, and follow not their wishes! but be on thy guard against them lest they beguile thee from any of those precepts which God hath sent down to thee; and if they turn back, then know thou that for some of their crimes doth God choose to punish them: for truly most men are perverse
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
Wherefore do thou, O prophet, judge between them according to that which God hath revealed and follow not their desires; but beware of them, lest they cause thee to err from part of those precepts which God hath sent down unto thee; and if they turn back, know that God is pleased to punish them for some of their crimes; for a great number of men are transgressors
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
أَفَحُكْمَ ٱلْجَٰهِلِيَّةِ يَبْغُونَ وَمَنْ أَحْسَنُ مِنَ ٱللَّهِ حُكْمًا لِّقَوْمٍ يُوقِنُونَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)afahukma l-jaahiliyyati yabghoona waman ahsanu mina llaahi hukman liqawmin yooqinoon
DIN 31635ʾafaḥukma l-ǧāhiliyyati yabġūna waman ʾaḥsanu mina llāhi ḥukman liqawmin yūqinūna
Is it the laws of the time of ignorance that they desire? Who is better than God in judgment for people who are certain?
Compare translations (4)
Is it a judgment of the time of (pagan) ignorance that they are seeking? Who is better than Allah for judgment to a people who have certainty (in their belief)
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
Is it the judgment of the Ignorance they crave? but who is better than God to judge for people who are sure
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
Desire they, therefore, the judgments of the times of(pagan) ignorance? But what better judge can there be than God for those who believe firmly
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
Do they therefore desire the judgment of the time of ignorance? But who is better than God, to judge between people who reason aright
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ لَا تَتَّخِذُوا۟ ٱلْيَهُودَ وَٱلنَّصَٰرَىٰٓ أَوْلِيَآءَ بَعْضُهُمْ أَوْلِيَآءُ بَعْضٍ وَمَن يَتَوَلَّهُم مِّنكُمْ فَإِنَّهُۥ مِنْهُمْ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يَهْدِى ٱلْقَوْمَ ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa lladheena aamanoo laa tattakhidhoo l-yahooda wan-nasaaraa awliyaa'a ba'duhum awliyaa'u ba'din waman yatawallahum minkum fa'innahu minhum inna llaaha laa yahdee l-qawma z-zaalimeen
DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā llaḏīna ʾāmanū lā tattaḫiḏū l-yahūda wan-naṣārā ʾawliyāʾa baʿḍuhum ʾawliyāʾu baʿḍin waman yatawallahum minkum faʾinnahu minhum ʾinna llāha lā yahdī l-qawma ẓ-ẓālimīna
O you who believe! Do not take the Jews and the Christians as allies; some of them are allies of one another. Whoever of you allies himself with them is one of them. God does not guide the wrongdoing people.
Compare translations (4)
O ye who believe! Take not the Jews and the Christians for friends. They are friends one to another. He among you who taketh them for friends is (one) of them. Lo! Allah guideth not wrongdoing folk
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
O ye who believe! take not the Jews and Christians for your patrons : they are patrons of each other; but whoso amongst you takes them for patrons, verily, he is of them, and, verily, God guides not an unjust people
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
O Believers! take not the Jews or Christians as friends. They are but one another's friends. If any one of you taketh them for his friends, he surely is one of them! God will not guide the evil doers
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
O true believers, take not the Jews, or Christians for your friends; they are friends the one to the other; but whoso among you taketh them for his friends, he is surely one of them: Verily God directeth not unjust people
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
فَتَرَى ٱلَّذِينَ فِى قُلُوبِهِم مَّرَضٌ يُسَٰرِعُونَ فِيهِمْ يَقُولُونَ نَخْشَىٰٓ أَن تُصِيبَنَا دَآئِرَةٌ فَعَسَى ٱللَّهُ أَن يَأْتِىَ بِٱلْفَتْحِ أَوْ أَمْرٍ مِّنْ عِندِهِۦ فَيُصْبِحُوا۟ عَلَىٰ مَآ أَسَرُّوا۟ فِىٓ أَنفُسِهِمْ نَٰدِمِينَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)fataraa lladheena fee quloobihim maradun yusaari'oona feehim yaqooloona nakhshaa an tuseebanaa daa'iratun fa'asaa llaahu an ya'tiya bil-fathi aw amrin min 'indihi fayusbihoo 'alaa maa asarroo fee anfusihim naadimeen
DIN 31635fatarā llaḏīna fī qulūbihim maraḍun yusāriʿūna fīhim yaqūlūna naḫšā ʾan tuṣībanā dāʾiratun faʿasā llāhu ʾan yaʾtiya bil-fatḥi ʾaw ʾamrin min ʿindihi fayuṣbiḥū ʿalā mā ʾasarrū fī ʾanfusihim nādimīna
The translators word this verse differently
You will see those in whose hearts is sickness racing towards them. They say, "We fear the wheel of fate may turn against us." But perhaps God will bring about victory, or some event of His making; thereupon they will regret what they concealed within themselves.
Compare translations (4)
And thou seest those in whose heart is a disease race toward them, saying: We fear lest a change of fortune befall us. And it may happen that Allah will vouchsafe (unto thee) the victory, or a commandment from His presence. Then will they repent them of their secret thoughts
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
Thou wilt see those in whose hearts is a sickness vieing with them; they say, 'We fear lest there befall us a reverse.' It may be God will give the victory, or an order from Himself, and they may awake repenting of what they thought in secret to themselves
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
So shalt thou see the diseased at heart speed away to them, and say, "We fear lest a change of fortune befall us." But haply God will of himself bring about some victory or event of His own ordering: then soon will they repent them of their secret imaginings
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
Thou shalt see those in whose hearts there is an infirmity, to hasten unto them, saying, we fear lest some adversity befall us; but it is easy for God to give victory, or a command from Him, that they may repent of that which they concealed in their minds
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
وَيَقُولُ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوٓا۟ أَهَٰٓؤُلَآءِ ٱلَّذِينَ أَقْسَمُوا۟ بِٱللَّهِ جَهْدَ أَيْمَٰنِهِمْ إِنَّهُمْ لَمَعَكُمْ حَبِطَتْ أَعْمَٰلُهُمْ فَأَصْبَحُوا۟ خَٰسِرِينَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)wayaqoolu lladheena aamanoo ahaa'ulaa'i lladheena aqsamoo billaahi jahda aymaanihim innahum lama'akum habitat a'maaluhum fa'asbahoo khaasireen
DIN 31635wayaqūlu llaḏīna ʾāmanū ʾahāʾulāʾi llaḏīna ʾaqsamū billāhi ǧahda ʾaymānihim ʾinnahum lamaʿakum ḥabiṭat ʾaʿmāluhum faʾaṣbaḥū ḫāsirīna
Those who believe will say, "Are these the ones who swore by God with their strongest oaths that they are with you?" Their works have failed, so they became losers.
Compare translations (4)
Then will the believers say (unto the people of the Scripture): are these they who swore by Allah their most binding oaths that they were surely with you? Their works have failed, and they have become the losers
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
Those who believe say, 'Are these they who swore by God with their most strenuous oath that they were surely with you?' - their works are in vain and they shall wake the losers
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
Then will the faithful say, "What! are these they who swore, by their most solemn oath, that they were surely with you?" Vain their works; and themselves shall come to ruin
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
And they who believe will say, are these the men who have sworn by God, with a most firm oath, that they surely held with you? Their works are become vain, and they are of those who perish
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ مَن يَرْتَدَّ مِنكُمْ عَن دِينِهِۦ فَسَوْفَ يَأْتِى ٱللَّهُ بِقَوْمٍ يُحِبُّهُمْ وَيُحِبُّونَهُۥٓ أَذِلَّةٍ عَلَى ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ أَعِزَّةٍ عَلَى ٱلْكَٰفِرِينَ يُجَٰهِدُونَ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ وَلَا يَخَافُونَ لَوْمَةَ لَآئِمٍ ذَٰلِكَ فَضْلُ ٱللَّهِ يُؤْتِيهِ مَن يَشَآءُ وَٱللَّهُ وَٰسِعٌ عَلِيمٌ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa lladheena aamanoo man yartadda minkum 'an deenihi fasawfa ya'tee llaahu biqawmin yuhibbuhum wayuhibboonahu adhillatin 'alaa l-mu'mineena a'izzatin 'alaa l-kaafireena yujaahidoona fee sabeeli llaahi walaa yakhaafoona lawmata laa'imin dhaalika fadlu llaahi yu'teehi man yashaa'u wallaahu waasi'un 'aleem
DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā llaḏīna ʾāmanū man yartadda minkum ʿan dīnihi fasawfa yaʾtī llāhu biqawmin yuḥibbuhum wayuḥibbūnahu ʾaḏillatin ʿalā l-muʾminīna ʾaʿizzatin ʿalā l-kāfirīna yuǧāhidūna fī sabīli llāhi walā yaḫāfūna lawmata lāʾimin ḏālika faḍlu llāhi yuʾtīhi man yašāʾu wallāhu wāsiʿun ʿalīmun
The translators word this verse differently
O you who believe! Whoever of you goes back on his religion-God will bring a people whom He loves and who love Him, kind towards the believers, stern with the disbelievers. They strive in the way of God, and do not fear the blame of the critic. That is the grace of God; He bestows it upon whomever He wills. God is Embracing and Knowing.
Compare translations (4)
O ye who believe! Whoso of you becometh a renegade from his religion, (know that in his stead) Allah will bring a people whom He loveth and who love Him, humble toward believers, stern toward disbelievers, striving in the way of Allah, and fearing not the blame of any blamer. Such is the grace of Allah which He giveth unto whom He will. Allah is All-Embracing, All-Knowing
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
O ye who believe! whoso is turned away from his religion - God will bring (instead) a people whom He loves and who love Him, lowly to believers, lofty to unbelievers, strenuous in the way of God, fearing not the blame of him who blames. That is God's grace! He gives it unto whom He pleases, for God both comprehends and knows
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
O ye who believe! should any of you desert His religion, God will then raise up a people loved by Him, and loving Him, lowly towards the faithful, haughty towards the Infidels. For the cause of God will they contend, and not fear the blame of the blamer. This is the Grace of God! On whom He will He bestoweth it! God is Vast, Omniscient
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
O true believers, whoever of you apostatizeth from his religion, God will certainly bring other people to supply his place, whom He will love, and who will love Him; who shall be humble towards the believers, but severe to the unbelievers: They shall fight for the religion of God, and shall not fear the obloquy of the detracter. This is the bounty of God, He bestoweth it on whom He pleaseth: God is extensive and wise
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
إِنَّمَا وَلِيُّكُمُ ٱللَّهُ وَرَسُولُهُۥ وَٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ ٱلَّذِينَ يُقِيمُونَ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ وَيُؤْتُونَ ٱلزَّكَوٰةَ وَهُمْ رَٰكِعُونَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)innamaa waliyyukumu llaahu warasooluhu walladheena aamanoo lladheena yuqeemoona s-salaata wayu'toona z-zakaata wahum raaki'oon
DIN 31635ʾinnamā waliyyukumu llāhu warasūluhu wallaḏīna ʾāmanū llaḏīna yuqīmūna ṣ-ṣalāta wayuʾtūna z-zakāta wahum rākiʿūna
Your allies are God, and His Messenger, and those who believe-those who pray regularly, and give charity, and bow down.
Compare translations (4)
Your guardian can be only Allah; and His messenger and those who believe, who establish worship and pay the poordue, and bow down (in prayer)
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
God only is your patron, and His Apostle and those who believe, who are steadfast in prayer and give alms, bowing down
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
Verily, your protector is God and His Apostle, and those who believe, who observe prayer, and pay the alms of obligation, and who bow in worship
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
Verily your protector is God, and his apostle, and those who believe, who observe the stated times of prayer, and give alms, and who bow down to worship
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
وَمَن يَتَوَلَّ ٱللَّهَ وَرَسُولَهُۥ وَٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ فَإِنَّ حِزْبَ ٱللَّهِ هُمُ ٱلْغَٰلِبُونَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)waman yatawalla llaaha warasoolahu walladheena aamanoo fa'inna hizba llaahi humu l-ghaaliboon
DIN 31635waman yatawalla llāha warasūlahu wallaḏīna ʾāmanū faʾinna ḥizba llāhi humu l-ġālibūna
The translators word this verse differently
Whoever allies himself with God, and His Messenger, and those who believe-surely the Party of God is the victorious.
Compare translations (4)
And whoso taketh Allah and His messenger and those who believe for guardian (will know that), lo! the party of Allah, they are the victorious
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
Whoso taketh as patrons God and His apostles and those who believe; - verily, God's crew, they are victorious
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
And whoso take God and His Apostle, and those who believe for friends, they truly are the people of God; they shall have the upper hand
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
And whoso taketh God, and his apostle, and the believers for his friends, they are the party of God, and they shall be victorious
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ لَا تَتَّخِذُوا۟ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱتَّخَذُوا۟ دِينَكُمْ هُزُوًا وَلَعِبًا مِّنَ ٱلَّذِينَ أُوتُوا۟ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ مِن قَبْلِكُمْ وَٱلْكُفَّارَ أَوْلِيَآءَ وَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ إِن كُنتُم مُّؤْمِنِينَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa lladheena aamanoo laa tattakhidhoo lladheena takhadhoo deenakum huzuwan wala'iban mina lladheena ootoo l-kitaaba min qablikum wal-kuffaara awliyaa'a waattaqoo llaaha in kuntum mu'mineen
DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā llaḏīna ʾāmanū lā tattaḫiḏū llaḏīna taḫaḏū dīnakum huzuwan walaʿiban mina llaḏīna ʾūtū l-kitāba min qablikum wal-kuffāra ʾawliyāʾa wāttaqū llāha ʾin kuntum muʾminīna
O you who believe! Do not befriend those who take your religion in mockery and as a sport, be they from among those who were given the Scripture before you, or the disbelievers. And obey God, if you are believers.
Compare translations (4)
O Ye who believe! Choose not for guardians such of those who received the Scripture before you, and of the disbelievers, as make a jest and sport of your religion. But keep your duty to Allah if ye are true believers
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
O ye who believe! take not for patrons those who take your religion for a jest or a sport, from amongst those who have been given the Book before and the misbelievers; but fear God if ye be believers
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
O ye who believe! take not such of those who have received the Scriptures before you, as scoff and jest at your religion, or the Infidels, for your friends, but fear God if ye are believers
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
O true believers, take not such of those to whom the scriptures were delivered before you, or of the infidels, for your friends, who make a laughingstock, and a jest of your religion; but fear God, if ye be true believers
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
وَإِذَا نَادَيْتُمْ إِلَى ٱلصَّلَوٰةِ ٱتَّخَذُوهَا هُزُوًا وَلَعِبًا ذَٰلِكَ بِأَنَّهُمْ قَوْمٌ لَّا يَعْقِلُونَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)wa'idhaa naadaytum ilaa s-salaati takhadhoohaa huzuwan wala'iban dhaalika bi'annahum qawmun laa ya'qiloon
DIN 31635waʾiḏā nādaytum ʾilā ṣ-ṣalāti taḫaḏūhā huzuwan walaʿiban ḏālika biʾannahum qawmun lā yaʿqilūna
When you call to the prayer, they take it as a joke and a trifle. That is because they are people who do not reason.
Compare translations (4)
And when ye call to prayer they take it for a jest and sport. That is because they are a folk who understand not
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
Nor those who, when ye call to prayer, take it for a jest and a sport; that is because they are a people who do not understand
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
Nor those who when ye call to prayer, make it an object of raillery and derision. This they do because they are a people who understand not
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
nor those who, when ye call to prayer, make a laughing-stock and a jest of it, this they do, because they are people who do not understand
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
قُلْ يَٰٓأَهْلَ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ هَلْ تَنقِمُونَ مِنَّآ إِلَّآ أَنْ ءَامَنَّا بِٱللَّهِ وَمَآ أُنزِلَ إِلَيْنَا وَمَآ أُنزِلَ مِن قَبْلُ وَأَنَّ أَكْثَرَكُمْ فَٰسِقُونَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)qul yaa ahla l-kitaabi hal tanqimoona minnaa illaa an aamannaa billaahi wamaa unzila ilaynaa wamaa unzila min qablu wa'anna aktharakum faasiqoon
DIN 31635qul yā ʾahla l-kitābi hal tanqimūna minnā ʾillā ʾan ʾāmannā billāhi wamā ʾunzila ʾilaynā wamā ʾunzila min qablu waʾanna ʾakṯarakum fāsiqūna
Say, "O People of the Scripture! Do you resent us only because we believe in God, and in what was revealed to us, and in what was revealed previously; and most of you are sinners?"
Compare translations (4)
Say: O People of the Scripture! Do ye blame us for aught else than that we believe in Allah and that which is revealed unto us and that which was revealed aforetime, and because most of you are evil-livers
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
Say, 'O people of the Book! do ye disavow us, for aught but that we believe in God, and what was revealed to us before, and for that most of you are evildoers
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
SAY: O people of the Book! do ye not disavow us only because we believe in God, and in what He hath sent down to us, and in what He hath sent down aforetime, and because most of you are doers of ill
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
Say, O ye who have received the scriptures, do ye reject us for any other reason than because we believe in God, and that revelation which hath been sent down unto us, and that which was formerly sent down, and for that the greater part of you are transgressors
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
قُلْ هَلْ أُنَبِّئُكُم بِشَرٍّ مِّن ذَٰلِكَ مَثُوبَةً عِندَ ٱللَّهِ مَن لَّعَنَهُ ٱللَّهُ وَغَضِبَ عَلَيْهِ وَجَعَلَ مِنْهُمُ ٱلْقِرَدَةَ وَٱلْخَنَازِيرَ وَعَبَدَ ٱلطَّٰغُوتَ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ شَرٌّ مَّكَانًا وَأَضَلُّ عَن سَوَآءِ ٱلسَّبِيلِ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)qul hal unabbi'ukum bisharrin min dhaalika mathoobatan 'inda llaahi man la'anahu llaahu waghadiba 'alayhi waja'ala minhumu l-qiradata wal-khanaazeera wa'abada t-taaghoota oolaa'ika sharrun makaanan wa'adallu 'an sawaa'i s-sabeel
DIN 31635qul hal ʾunabbiʾukum bišarrin min ḏālika maṯūbatan ʿinda llāhi man laʿanahu llāhu waġaḍiba ʿalayhi waǧaʿala minhumu l-qiradata wal-ḫanāzīra waʿabada ṭ-ṭāġūta ʾūlāʾika šarrun makānan waʾaḍallu ʿan sawāʾi s-sabīli
Say, "Shall I inform you of worse than that for retribution from God? He whom God has cursed, and with whom He became angry; and He turned some of them into apes, and swine, and idol worshipers. These are in a worse position, and further away from the right way."
Compare translations (4)
Shall I tell thee of a worse (case) than theirs for retribution with Allah? (Worse is the case of him) whom Allah hath cursed, him on whom His wrath hath fallen and of whose sort Allah hath turned some to apes and swine, and who serveth idols. Such are in worse plight and further astray from the plain road
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
Say, 'Can I declare unto you something worse than retribution from God?' Whomsoever God has cursed and been wroth with - and he has made of them apes and swine - and who worship Taghut, they are in a worse plight and are more erring from the level path
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
SAY: Can I announce to you any retribution worse than that which awaiteth them with God? They whom God hath cursed and with whom He hath been angry - some of them hath He changed into apes and swine; and they who worship Thagout are in evil plight, and have gone far astray from the right path
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
Say, shall I denounce unto you a worse thing than this, as to the reward which ye are to expect with God? He whom God hath cursed, and with whom he hath been angry, having changed some of them into apes and swine, and who worship Taghut, they are in the worse condition, and err more widely from the straitness of the path
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
وَإِذَا جَآءُوكُمْ قَالُوٓا۟ ءَامَنَّا وَقَد دَّخَلُوا۟ بِٱلْكُفْرِ وَهُمْ قَدْ خَرَجُوا۟ بِهِۦ وَٱللَّهُ أَعْلَمُ بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَكْتُمُونَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)wa'idhaa jaa'ookum qaaloo aamannaa waqad dakhaloo bil-kufri wahum qad kharajoo bihi wallaahu a'lamu bimaa kaanoo yaktumoon
DIN 31635waʾiḏā ǧāʾūkum qālū ʾāmannā waqad daḫalū bil-kufri wahum qad ḫaraǧū bihi wallāhu ʾaʿlamu bimā kānū yaktumūna
The translators word this verse differently
When they come to you, they say, "We believe," though they have entered with disbelief, and they have departed with it. But God is well aware of what they hide.
Compare translations (4)
When they come unto you (Muslims), they say: We believe; but they came in unbelief and they went out in the same; and Allah knoweth best what they were hiding
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
When they come to you they say, 'We believe;' but they entered in with unbelief, and they went out therewith, and God knows best what they did hide
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
When they presented themselves to you they said, "We believe;" but Infidels they came in unto you, and Infidels they went forth! God well knew what they concealed
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
When they came unto you, they said, we believe: Yet they entered into your company with infidelity, and went forth from you with the same; but God well knew what they concealed
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
وَتَرَىٰ كَثِيرًا مِّنْهُمْ يُسَٰرِعُونَ فِى ٱلْإِثْمِ وَٱلْعُدْوَٰنِ وَأَكْلِهِمُ ٱلسُّحْتَ لَبِئْسَ مَا كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)wataraa katheeran minhum yusaari'oona fee l-'ithmi wal-'udwaani wa'aklihimu s-suhta labi'sa maa kaanoo ya'maloon
DIN 31635watarā kaṯīran minhum yusāriʿūna fī l-ʾiṯmi wal-ʿudwāni waʾaklihimu s-suḥta labiʾsa mā kānū yaʿmalūna
The translators word this verse differently
You see many of them competing with one another in sin and hostility, and their consuming of what is illicit. What they have been doing is truly evil.
Compare translations (4)
And thou seest many of them vying one with another in sin and transgression and their devouring of illicit gain. Verily evil is what they do
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
Thou wilt see many of them vieing in sin and enmity, and in eating unlawful things, - evil is it that they have done
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
Many of them shalt thou see hastening together to wickedness and malice, and to eat unlawful things. Shame on them for what they have done
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
Thou shalt see many of them hastening unto iniquity and malice, and to eat things forbidden; and woe unto them for what they have done
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
لَوْلَا يَنْهَىٰهُمُ ٱلرَّبَّٰنِيُّونَ وَٱلْأَحْبَارُ عَن قَوْلِهِمُ ٱلْإِثْمَ وَأَكْلِهِمُ ٱلسُّحْتَ لَبِئْسَ مَا كَانُوا۟ يَصْنَعُونَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)lawlaa yanhaahumu r-rabbaaniyyoona wal-'ahbaaru 'an qawlihimu l-'ithma wa'aklihimu s-suhta labi'sa maa kaanoo yasna'oon
DIN 31635lawlā yanhāhumu r-rabbāniyyūna wal-ʾaḥbāru ʿan qawlihimu l-ʾiṯma waʾaklihimu s-suḥta labiʾsa mā kānū yaṣnaʿūna
The translators word this verse differently
Why do the rabbis and the priests not prevent them from speaking sinfully and from consuming forbidden wealth? Evil is what they have been doing.
Compare translations (4)
Why do not the rabbis and the priests forbid their evil-speaking and their devouring of illicit gain? Verily evil is their handiwork
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
The masters and their doctors prohibit them from speaking sin and eating unlawful things, - evil is what they have performed
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
Had not their doctors and teachers forbidden their uttering wickedness, and their eating unlawful food, bad indeed would have been their doings
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
Unless their doctors and priests forbid them uttering wickedness, and eating things forbidden; woe unto them for what they shall have committed
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
وَقَالَتِ ٱلْيَهُودُ يَدُ ٱللَّهِ مَغْلُولَةٌ غُلَّتْ أَيْدِيهِمْ وَلُعِنُوا۟ بِمَا قَالُوا۟ بَلْ يَدَاهُ مَبْسُوطَتَانِ يُنفِقُ كَيْفَ يَشَآءُ وَلَيَزِيدَنَّ كَثِيرًا مِّنْهُم مَّآ أُنزِلَ إِلَيْكَ مِن رَّبِّكَ طُغْيَٰنًا وَكُفْرًا وَأَلْقَيْنَا بَيْنَهُمُ ٱلْعَدَٰوَةَ وَٱلْبَغْضَآءَ إِلَىٰ يَوْمِ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ كُلَّمَآ أَوْقَدُوا۟ نَارًا لِّلْحَرْبِ أَطْفَأَهَا ٱللَّهُ وَيَسْعَوْنَ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ فَسَادًا وَٱللَّهُ لَا يُحِبُّ ٱلْمُفْسِدِينَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)waqaalati l-yahoodu yadu llaahi maghloolatun ghullat aydeehim walu'inoo bimaa qaaloo bal yadaahu mabsootataani yunfiqu kayfa yashaa'u walayazeedanna katheeran minhum maa unzila ilayka min rabbika tughyaanan wakufran wa'alqaynaa baynahumu l-'adaawata wal-baghdaa'a ilaa yawmi l-qiyaamati kullamaa awqadoo naaran lilharbi atfa'ahaa llaahu wayas'awna fee l-'ardi fasaadan wallaahu laa yuhibbu l-mufsideen
DIN 31635waqālati l-yahūdu yadu llāhi maġlūlatun ġullat ʾaydīhim waluʿinū bimā qālū bal yadāhu mabsūṭatāni yunfiqu kayfa yašāʾu walayazīdanna kaṯīran minhum mā ʾunzila ʾilayka min rabbika ṭuġyānan wakufran waʾalqaynā baynahumu l-ʿadāwata wal-baġḍāʾa ʾilā yawmi l-qiyāmati kullamā ʾawqadū nāran lilḥarbi ʾaṭfaʾahā llāhu wayasʿawna fī l-ʾarḍi fasādan wallāhu lā yuḥibbu l-mufsidīna
The Jews say, "God's hand is tied." It is their hands that are tied, and they are cursed for what they say. In fact, His hands are outstretched; He gives as He wills. Certainly, what was revealed to your from your Lord will increase many of them in defiance and blasphemy. And We placed between them enmity and hatred, until the Day of Resurrection. Whenever they kindle the fire of war, God extinguishes it. And they strive to spread corruption on earth. God does not love the corrupters.
Compare translations (4)
The Jews say: Allah's hand is fettered. Their hands are fettered and they are accursed for saying so. Nay, but both His hands are spread out wide in bounty. He bestoweth as He will. That which hath been revealed unto thee from thy Lord is certain to increase the contumacy and disbelief of many of them, and We have cast among them enmity and hatred till the Day of Resurrection. As often as they light a fire for war, Allah extinguisheth it. Their effort is for corruption in the land, and Allah loveth not corrupters
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
The Jews say, - 'God's hand is fettered;' their hands are fettered and they are cursed for what they said; nay! His hands are outspread, He expends how He pleases! and that which has been sent down to thee from thy Lord will surely increase many of them in their rebellion and misbelief, for we have cast amongst them enmity and hatred till the resurrection day. Whenever they light a fire for war, God puts it out; they strive for corruption in the earth, but God loves not the corrupt
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
The hand of God," say the Jews, "is chained up." Their own hands shall be chained up - and for that which they have said shall they be cursed. Nay! outstretched are both His hands! At His own pleasure does He bestow gifts. That which hath been sent down to thee from thy Lord will surely increase the rebellion and unbelief of many of them; and we have put enmity and hatred between them that shall last till the day of the Resurrection. Oft as they kindle a beacon fire for war shall God quench it! and their aim will be to abet disorder on the earth: but God loveth not the abettors of disorder
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
The Jews say, the hand of God is tied up. Their hands shall be tied up, and they shall be cursed for that which they have said. Nay, his hands are both stretched forth; He bestoweth as He pleaseth: That which hath been sent down unto thee from thy Lord shall increase the transgression and infidelity of many of them; and we have put enmity and hatred between them, until the day of resurrection. So often as they shall kindle a fire for war, God shall extinguish it; and they shall set their minds to act corruptly in the earth, but God loveth not the corrupt doers
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
وَلَوْ أَنَّ أَهْلَ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَٱتَّقَوْا۟ لَكَفَّرْنَا عَنْهُمْ سَيِّـَٔاتِهِمْ وَلَأَدْخَلْنَٰهُمْ جَنَّٰتِ ٱلنَّعِيمِ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)walaw anna ahla l-kitaabi aamanoo waattaqaw lakaffarnaa 'anhum sayyi'aatihim wala'adkhalnaahum jannaati n-na'eem
DIN 31635walaw ʾanna ʾahla l-kitābi ʾāmanū wāttaqaw lakaffarnā ʿanhum sayyiʾātihim walaʾadḫalnāhum ǧannāti n-naʿīmi
Had the People of the Scriputure believed and been righteous, We would have remitted their sins, and admitted them into the Gardens of Bliss.
Compare translations (4)
If only the People of the Scripture would believe and ward off (evil), surely We should remit their sins from them and surely We should bring them into Gardens of Delight
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
But did the people of the Book believe and fear, we would cover their offences, and we would make them enter into gardens of pleasure
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
But if the people of the Book believe and have the fear of God, we will surely put away their sins from them, and will bring them into gardens of delight
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
More, if they who have received the scriptures believe, and fear God, We will surely expiate their sins from them, and We will lead them into gardens of pleasure
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
وَلَوْ أَنَّهُمْ أَقَامُوا۟ ٱلتَّوْرَىٰةَ وَٱلْإِنجِيلَ وَمَآ أُنزِلَ إِلَيْهِم مِّن رَّبِّهِمْ لَأَكَلُوا۟ مِن فَوْقِهِمْ وَمِن تَحْتِ أَرْجُلِهِم مِّنْهُمْ أُمَّةٌ مُّقْتَصِدَةٌ وَكَثِيرٌ مِّنْهُمْ سَآءَ مَا يَعْمَلُونَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)walaw annahum aqaamoo t-tawraata wal-'injeela wamaa unzila ilayhim min rabbihim la'akaloo min fawqihim wamin tahti arjulihim minhum ummatun muqtasidatun wakatheerun minhum saa'a maa ya'maloon
DIN 31635walaw ʾannahum ʾaqāmū t-tawrāta wal-ʾinǧīla wamā ʾunzila ʾilayhim min rabbihim laʾakalū min fawqihim wamin taḥti ʾarǧulihim minhum ʾummatun muqtaṣidatun wakaṯīrun minhum sāʾa mā yaʿmalūna
Had they observed the Torah, and the Gospel, and what was revealed to them from their Lord, they would have consumed amply from above them, and from beneath their feet. Among them is a moderate community, but evil is what many of them are doing.
Compare translations (4)
If they had observed the Torah and the Gospel and that which was revealed unto them from their Lord, they would surely have been nourished from above them and from beneath their feet. Among them there are people who are moderate, but many of them are of evil conduct
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
and were they steadfast in the law and the gospel, and what has been sent down to them from their Lord, they should eat from above them and below them. Amongst them are a nation who are moderate, but many of them - bad is what they do
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
and if that they observe the law and the Evangel, and what hath been sent down to them from their Lord, they shall surely have their fill of good things from above them and from beneath their feet. Some there are among them who act aright; but many of them - how evil are their doings
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
and if they observe the law, and the gospel, and the other scriptures which have been sent down unto them from their Lord, they shall surely eat of good things both from above them, and from under their feet. Among them there are people who act uprightly; but how evil is that which many of them do work
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلرَّسُولُ بَلِّغْ مَآ أُنزِلَ إِلَيْكَ مِن رَّبِّكَ وَإِن لَّمْ تَفْعَلْ فَمَا بَلَّغْتَ رِسَالَتَهُۥ وَٱللَّهُ يَعْصِمُكَ مِنَ ٱلنَّاسِ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يَهْدِى ٱلْقَوْمَ ٱلْكَٰفِرِينَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa r-rasoolu balligh maa unzila ilayka min rabbika wa'in lam taf'al famaa ballaghta risaalatahu wallaahu ya'simuka mina n-naasi inna llaaha laa yahdee l-qawma l-kaafireen
DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā r-rasūlu balliġ mā ʾunzila ʾilayka min rabbika waʾin lam tafʿal famā ballaġta risālatahu wallāhu yaʿṣimuka mina n-nāsi ʾinna llāha lā yahdī l-qawma l-kāfirīna
The translators word this verse differently
O Messenger, convey what was revealed to you from your Lord. But if you do not, then you would not have delivered His message. And God will protect you from the people. God does not guide the disbelieving people.
Compare translations (4)
O Messenger! Make known that which hath been revealed unto thee from thy Lord, for if thou do it not, thou wilt not have conveyed His message. Allah will protect thee from mankind. Lo! Allah guideth not the disbelieving folk
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
O thou Apostle! preach what has been revealed to thee from thy Lord; if thou do it not thou hast not preached His message, and God will not hold thee free from men; for God guides not people who misbelieve
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
O Apostle! proclaim all that hath been sent down to thee from thy Lord: for if thou do it not, thou hast not proclaimed His message at all. And God will protect thee from evil men: verily, God guideth not the unbelievers
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
O apostle, publish the whole of that which hath been sent down unto thee from thy Lord: For if thou do not, thou dost not in effect publish any part thereof; and God will defend thee against wicked men; for God directeth not the unbelieving people
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
قُلْ يَٰٓأَهْلَ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ لَسْتُمْ عَلَىٰ شَىْءٍ حَتَّىٰ تُقِيمُوا۟ ٱلتَّوْرَىٰةَ وَٱلْإِنجِيلَ وَمَآ أُنزِلَ إِلَيْكُم مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ وَلَيَزِيدَنَّ كَثِيرًا مِّنْهُم مَّآ أُنزِلَ إِلَيْكَ مِن رَّبِّكَ طُغْيَٰنًا وَكُفْرًا فَلَا تَأْسَ عَلَى ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلْكَٰفِرِينَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)qul yaa ahla l-kitaabi lastum 'alaa shay'in hattaa tuqeemoo t-tawraata wal-'injeela wamaa unzila ilaykum min rabbikum walayazeedanna katheeran minhum maa unzila ilayka min rabbika tughyaanan wakufran falaa ta'sa 'alaa l-qawmi l-kaafireen
DIN 31635qul yā ʾahla l-kitābi lastum ʿalā šayʾin ḥattā tuqīmū t-tawrāta wal-ʾinǧīla wamā ʾunzila ʾilaykum min rabbikum walayazīdanna kaṯīran minhum mā ʾunzila ʾilayka min rabbika ṭuġyānan wakufran falā taʾsa ʿalā l-qawmi l-kāfirīna
Say, "O People of the Scripture! You have no basis until you uphold the Torah, and the Gospel, and what is revealed to you from your Lord." But what is revealed to you from your Lord will increase many of them in rebellion and disbelief, so do not be sorry for the disbelieving people.
Compare translations (4)
Say O People of the Scripture! Ye have naught (of guidance) till ye observe the Torah and the Gospel and that which was revealed unto you from your Lord. That which is revealed unto thee (Muhammad) from thy Lord is certain to increase the contumacy and disbelief of many of them. But grieve not for the disbelieving folk
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
Say, 'O people of the Book! ye rest on naught until ye stand fast by the law and the gospel, and what is revealed to you from your Lord.' But what has been revealed to thee from thy Lord will of a surety increase many of them in rebellion and misbelief, vex not thyself then for a people who misbelieve
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
SAY: O people of the Book! ye have no ground to stand on, until ye observe the Law and the Evangel, and that which hath been sent down to you from your Lord. The Book which hath been sent down to thee from thy Lord will certainly increase the rebellion and unbelief of many of them; but, be not thou troubled for the unbelievers
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
Say, O ye who have received the scriptures, ye are not grounded on any thing, until ye observe the law and the gospel, and that which hath been sent down unto you from your Lord. That which hath been sent down unto thee from thy Lord shall surely increase the transgression and infidelity of many of them: But be not thou solicitous for the unbelieving people
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَٱلَّذِينَ هَادُوا۟ وَٱلصَّٰبِـُٔونَ وَٱلنَّصَٰرَىٰ مَنْ ءَامَنَ بِٱللَّهِ وَٱلْيَوْمِ ٱلْـَٔاخِرِ وَعَمِلَ صَٰلِحًا فَلَا خَوْفٌ عَلَيْهِمْ وَلَا هُمْ يَحْزَنُونَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)inna lladheena aamanoo walladheena haadoo was-saabi'oona wan-nasaaraa man aamana billaahi wal-yawmi l-'aakhiri wa'amila saalihan falaa khawfun 'alayhim walaa hum yahzanoon
DIN 31635ʾinna llaḏīna ʾāmanū wallaḏīna hādū waṣ-ṣābiʾūna wan-naṣārā man ʾāmana billāhi wal-yawmi l-ʾāḫiri waʿamila ṣāliḥan falā ḫawfun ʿalayhim walā hum yaḥzanūna
Those who believe, and the Jews, and the Sabians, and the Christians-whoever believes in God and the Last Day, and does what is right-they have nothing to fear, nor shall they grieve.
Compare translations (4)
Lo! those who believe, and those who are Jews, and Sabaeans, and Christians - Whosoever believeth in Allah and the Last Day and doeth right - there shall no fear come upon them neither shall they grieve
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
Verily, those who believe and those who are Jews, and the Sabaeans, and the Christians, whosoever believes in God and the last day, and does what is right, there is no fear for them, nor shall they grieve
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
Verily, they who believe, and the Jews, and the Sabeites, and the Christians - whoever of them believeth in God and in the last day, and doth what is right, on them shall come no fear, neither shall they be put to grief
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
Verily they who believe, and those who judaize, and the Sabians, and the Christians, whoever of them believeth in God and the last day, and doth that which is right, there shall come no fear on them, neither shall they be grieved
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
لَقَدْ أَخَذْنَا مِيثَٰقَ بَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ وَأَرْسَلْنَآ إِلَيْهِمْ رُسُلًا كُلَّمَا جَآءَهُمْ رَسُولٌۢ بِمَا لَا تَهْوَىٰٓ أَنفُسُهُمْ فَرِيقًا كَذَّبُوا۟ وَفَرِيقًا يَقْتُلُونَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)laqad akhadhnaa meethaaqa banee israa'eela wa'arsalnaa ilayhim rusulan kullamaa jaa'ahum rasoolun bimaa laa tahwaa anfusuhum fareeqan kadhdhaboo wafareeqan yaqtuloon
DIN 31635laqad ʾaḫaḏnā mīṯāqa banī ʾisrāʾīla waʾarsalnā ʾilayhim rusulan kullamā ǧāʾahum rasūlun bimā lā tahwā ʾanfusuhum farīqan kaḏḏabū wafarīqan yaqtulūna
We made a covenant with the Children of Israel, and We sent to them messengers. Whenever a messenger came to them with what their souls did not desire, some of them they accused of lying, and others they put to death.
Compare translations (4)
We made a covenant of old with the Children of Israel and We sent unto them messengers. As often as a messenger came unto them with that which their souls desired not (they became rebellious). Some (of them) they denied and some they slew
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
We took a compact of the children of Israel, and we sent to them apostles; every time there came to them an apostle with what their souls loved not, a part of them they did call liars and a part of them they slew
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
Of old we accepted the covenant of the children of Israel, and sent Apostles to them. Oft as an Apostle came to them with that for which they had no desire, some they treated as liars, and some they slew
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
We formerly accepted the covenant of the children of Israel, and sent apostles unto them. So often as an apostle came unto them with that which their souls desired not, they accused some of them of imposture, and some of them they killed
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
وَحَسِبُوٓا۟ أَلَّا تَكُونَ فِتْنَةٌ فَعَمُوا۟ وَصَمُّوا۟ ثُمَّ تَابَ ٱللَّهُ عَلَيْهِمْ ثُمَّ عَمُوا۟ وَصَمُّوا۟ كَثِيرٌ مِّنْهُمْ وَٱللَّهُ بَصِيرٌۢ بِمَا يَعْمَلُونَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)wahasiboo allaa takoona fitnatun fa'amoo wasammoo thumma taaba llaahu 'alayhim thumma 'amoo wasammoo katheerun minhum wallaahu baseerun bimaa ya'maloon
DIN 31635waḥasibū ʾallā takūna fitnatun faʿamū waṣammū ṯumma tāba llāhu ʿalayhim ṯumma ʿamū waṣammū kaṯīrun minhum wallāhu baṣīrun bimā yaʿmalūna
They assumed there would be no punishment, so they turned blind and deaf. Then God redeemed them, but then again many of them turned blind and deaf. But God is Seeing of what they do.
Compare translations (4)
They thought no harm would come of it, so they were wilfully blind and deaf. And afterward Allah turned (in mercy) toward them. Now (even after that) are many of them wilfully blind and deaf. Allah is Seer of what they do
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
And they reckoned that there would be no disturbance; but they were blind and deaf! and then God turned again towards them: and then many amongst them were blind and deaf! but God saw what they did
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
And they reckoned that no harm would come of it: - but they became blind and deaf! Then was God turned unto them: then many of them again became blind and deaf! but God beheld what they did
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
And they imagined that there should be no punishment for those crimes, and they became blind, and deaf. Then was God turned unto them; afterwards many of them again became blind and deaf; but God saw what they did
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
لَقَدْ كَفَرَ ٱلَّذِينَ قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ هُوَ ٱلْمَسِيحُ ٱبْنُ مَرْيَمَ وَقَالَ ٱلْمَسِيحُ يَٰبَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ ٱعْبُدُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ رَبِّى وَرَبَّكُمْ إِنَّهُۥ مَن يُشْرِكْ بِٱللَّهِ فَقَدْ حَرَّمَ ٱللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ ٱلْجَنَّةَ وَمَأْوَىٰهُ ٱلنَّارُ وَمَا لِلظَّٰلِمِينَ مِنْ أَنصَارٍ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)laqad kafara lladheena qaaloo inna llaaha huwa l-maseehu bnu maryama waqaala l-maseehu yaa banee israa'eela 'budoo llaaha rabbee warabbakum innahu man yushrik billaahi faqad harrama llaahu 'alayhi l-jannata wama'waahu n-naaru wamaa lilzzaalimeena min ansaar
DIN 31635laqad kafara llaḏīna qālū ʾinna llāha huwa l-masīḥu bnu maryama waqāla l-masīḥu yā banī ʾisrāʾīla ʿbudū llāha rabbī warabbakum ʾinnahu man yušrik billāhi faqad ḥarrama llāhu ʿalayhi l-ǧannata wamaʾwāhu n-nāru wamā lilẓẓālimīna min ʾanṣārin
They disbelieve those who say, "God is the Messiah the son of Mary." But the Messiah himself said, "O Children of Israel, worship God, my Lord and your Lord. Whoever associates others with God, God has forbidden him Paradise, and his dwelling is the Fire. The wrongdoers have no saviors."
Compare translations (4)
They surely disbelieve who say: Lo! Allah is the Messiah, son of Mary. The Messiah (himself) said: O Children of Israel, worship Allah, my Lord and your Lord. Lo! whoso ascribeth partners unto Allah, for him Allah hath forbidden paradise. His abode is the Fire. For evil-doers there will be no helpers
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
They misbelieve who say, 'Verily, God is the Messiah the son of Mary;' but the Messiah said, 'O children of Israel! worship God, my Lord and your Lord;' verily, he who associates aught with God, God hath forbidden him Paradise, and his resort is the Fire, and the unjust shall have none to help them
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
Infidels now are they who say, "God is the Messiah, Son of Mary;" for the Messiah said, "O children of Israel! worship God, my Lord and your Lord." Whoever shall join other gods with God, God shall forbid him the Garden, and his abode shall be the Fire; and the wicked shall have no helpers
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
They are surely infidels, who say, verily God is Christ the son of Mary; since Christ said, O children of Israel, serve God, my Lord and your Lord; whoever shall give a companion unto God, God shall exclude him from paradise, and his habitation shall be hell fire; and the ungodly shall have none to help them
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
لَّقَدْ كَفَرَ ٱلَّذِينَ قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ ثَالِثُ ثَلَٰثَةٍ وَمَا مِنْ إِلَٰهٍ إِلَّآ إِلَٰهٌ وَٰحِدٌ وَإِن لَّمْ يَنتَهُوا۟ عَمَّا يَقُولُونَ لَيَمَسَّنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ مِنْهُمْ عَذَابٌ أَلِيمٌ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)laqad kafara lladheena qaaloo inna llaaha thaalithu thalaathatin wamaa min ilaahin illaa ilaahun waahidun wa'in lam yantahoo 'ammaa yaqooloona layamassanna lladheena kafaroo minhum 'adhaabun aleem
DIN 31635laqad kafara llaḏīna qālū ʾinna llāha ṯāliṯu ṯalāṯatin wamā min ʾilāhin ʾillā ʾilāhun wāḥidun waʾin lam yantahū ʿammā yaqūlūna layamassanna llaḏīna kafarū minhum ʿaḏābun ʾalīmun
They disbelieve those who say, "God is the third of three." But there is no deity except the One God. If they do not refrain from what they say, a painful torment will befall those among them who disbelieve.
Compare translations (4)
They surely disbelieve who say: Lo! Allah is the third of three; when there is no Allah save the One Allah. If they desist not from so saying a painful doom will fall on those of them who disbelieve
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
They misbelieve who say, 'Verily, God is the third of three;' for there is no God but one, and if they do not desist from what they say, there shall touch those who misbelieve amongst them grievous woe
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
They surely are Infidels who say, "God is the third of three:" for there is no God but one God: and if they refrain not from what they say, a grievous chastisement shall light on such of them as are Infidels
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
They are certainly infidels, who say, God is the third of three: For there is no God, besides one God; and if they refrain not from what they say, a painful torment shall surely be inflicted on such of them as are unbelievers
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
أَفَلَا يَتُوبُونَ إِلَى ٱللَّهِ وَيَسْتَغْفِرُونَهُۥ وَٱللَّهُ غَفُورٌ رَّحِيمٌ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)afalaa yatooboona ilaa llaahi wayastaghfiroonahu wallaahu ghafoorun raheem
DIN 31635ʾafalā yatūbūna ʾilā llāhi wayastaġfirūnahu wallāhu ġafūrun raḥīmun
Will they not repent to God and ask His forgiveness? God is Forgiving and Merciful.
Compare translations (4)
Will they not rather turn unto Allah and seek forgiveness of Him? For Allah is Forgiving, Merciful
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
Will they not turn again towards God and ask pardon of Him? for God is forgiving and merciful
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
Will they not, therefore, be turned unto God, and ask pardon of Him? since God is Forgiving, Merciful
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
Will they not therefore be turned unto God, and ask pardon of him? Since God is gracious and merciful
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
مَّا ٱلْمَسِيحُ ٱبْنُ مَرْيَمَ إِلَّا رَسُولٌ قَدْ خَلَتْ مِن قَبْلِهِ ٱلرُّسُلُ وَأُمُّهُۥ صِدِّيقَةٌ كَانَا يَأْكُلَانِ ٱلطَّعَامَ ٱنظُرْ كَيْفَ نُبَيِّنُ لَهُمُ ٱلْـَٔايَٰتِ ثُمَّ ٱنظُرْ أَنَّىٰ يُؤْفَكُونَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)maa l-maseehu bnu maryama illaa rasoolun qad khalat min qablihi r-rusulu wa'ummuhu siddeeqatun kaanaa ya'kulaani t-ta'aama nzur kayfa nubayyinu lahumu l-'aayaati thumma nzur annaa yu'fakoon
DIN 31635mā l-masīḥu bnu maryama ʾillā rasūlun qad ḫalat min qablihi r-rusulu waʾummuhu ṣiddīqatun kānā yaʾkulāni ṭ-ṭaʿāma nẓur kayfa nubayyinu lahumu l-ʾāyāti ṯumma nẓur ʾannā yuʾfakūna
The Messiah son of Mary was only a messenger, before whom other Messengers had passed away, and his mother was a woman of truth. They both used to eat food. Note how We make clear the revelations to them; then note how deluded they are.
Compare translations (4)
The Messiah, son of Mary, was no other than a messenger, messengers (the like of whom) had passed away before him. And his mother was a saintly woman. And they both used to eat (earthly) food. See how We make the revelations clear for them, and see how they are turned away
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
The Messiah the son of Mary is only a prophet: prophets before him have passed away; and his mother was a confessor; they used both to eat food. - See how we explain to them the signs, yet see how they turn aside
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
The Messiah, Son of Mary, is but an Apostle; other Apostles have flourished before him; and his mother was a just person: they both ate food. Behold! how we make clear to them the signs! then behold how they turn aside
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
Christ, the son of Mary, is no more than an apostle; other apostles have preceded him; and his mother was a woman of veracity: They both eat food. Behold, how we declare unto them the signs of God's unity; and then behold, how they turn aside from the truth
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
قُلْ أَتَعْبُدُونَ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ مَا لَا يَمْلِكُ لَكُمْ ضَرًّا وَلَا نَفْعًا وَٱللَّهُ هُوَ ٱلسَّمِيعُ ٱلْعَلِيمُ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)qul ata'budoona min dooni llaahi maa laa yamliku lakum darran walaa naf'an wallaahu huwa s-samee'u l-'aleem
DIN 31635qul ʾataʿbudūna min dūni llāhi mā lā yamliku lakum ḍarran walā nafʿan wallāhu huwa s-samīʿu l-ʿalīmu
The translators word this verse differently
Say, "Do you worship, besides God, what has no power to harm or benefit you?" But God: He is the Hearer, the Knower.
Compare translations (4)
Say: Serve ye in place of Allah that which possesseth for you neither hurt nor use? Allah it is Who is the Hearer, the Knower
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
Say, 'Will ye serve, other than God, what can neither hurt you nor profit you?' but God, He both hears and knows
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
SAY: Will ye worship, beside God, that which can neither hurt nor help? But God! He only Heareth, Knoweth
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
Say unto them, will ye worship, besides God, that which can cause you neither harm nor profit? God is He who heareth and seeth
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
قُلْ يَٰٓأَهْلَ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ لَا تَغْلُوا۟ فِى دِينِكُمْ غَيْرَ ٱلْحَقِّ وَلَا تَتَّبِعُوٓا۟ أَهْوَآءَ قَوْمٍ قَدْ ضَلُّوا۟ مِن قَبْلُ وَأَضَلُّوا۟ كَثِيرًا وَضَلُّوا۟ عَن سَوَآءِ ٱلسَّبِيلِ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)qul yaa ahla l-kitaabi laa taghloo fee deenikum ghayra l-haqqi walaa tattabi'oo ahwaa'a qawmin qad dalloo min qablu wa'adalloo katheeran wadalloo 'an sawaa'i s-sabeel
DIN 31635qul yā ʾahla l-kitābi lā taġlū fī dīnikum ġayra l-ḥaqqi walā tattabiʿū ʾahwāʾa qawmin qad ḍallū min qablu waʾaḍallū kaṯīran waḍallū ʿan sawāʾi s-sabīli
Say, "O People of the Scripture! Do not exaggerate in your religion beyond the truth; and do not follow the opinions of people who went astray before, and misled many, and themselves strayed off the balanced way."
Compare translations (4)
Say: O People of the Scripture! Stress not in your religion other than the truth, and follow not the vain desires of folk who erred of old and led many astray, and erred from a plain road
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
Say, 'O people of the Book! exceed not the truth in your religion, and follow not the lusts of a people who have erred before, and who lead many astray, and who go away from the level path
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
SAY: O people of the Book! outstep not bounds of truth in your religion; neither follow the desires of those who have already gone astray, and who have caused many to go astray, and have themselves gone astray from the evenness of the way
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
Say, O ye who have received the scriptures, exceed not the just bounds in your religion, by speaking beside the truth; neither follow the desires of peole who have heretofore erred, and who have seduced many, and have gone astray from the strait path
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
لُعِنَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ مِنۢ بَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ عَلَىٰ لِسَانِ دَاوُۥدَ وَعِيسَى ٱبْنِ مَرْيَمَ ذَٰلِكَ بِمَا عَصَوا۟ وَّكَانُوا۟ يَعْتَدُونَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)lu'ina lladheena kafaroo min banee israa'eela 'alaa lisaani daawooda wa'eesaa bni maryama dhaalika bimaa 'asaw wakaanoo ya'tadoon
DIN 31635luʿina llaḏīna kafarū min banī ʾisrāʾīla ʿalā lisāni dāwūda waʿīsā bni maryama ḏālika bimā ʿaṣaw wakānū yaʿtadūna
Cursed were those who disbelieved from among the Children of Israel by the tongue of David and Jesus son of Mary. That is because they rebelled and used to transgress.
Compare translations (4)
Those of the Children of Israel who went astray were cursed by the tongue of David, and of Jesus, son of Mary. That was because they rebelled and used to transgress
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
Those of the children of Israel who disbelieved were cursed by the tongue of David and Jesus the son of Mary; that is because they rebelled and did transgress
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
Those among the children of Israel who believed not were cursed by the tongue of David, and of Jesus, Son of Mary. This, because they were rebellious, and became transgressors
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
Those among the children of Israel who believed not, were cursed by the tongue of David, and of Jesus the son of Mary. This befell them because they were rebellious and transgressed
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
كَانُوا۟ لَا يَتَنَاهَوْنَ عَن مُّنكَرٍ فَعَلُوهُ لَبِئْسَ مَا كَانُوا۟ يَفْعَلُونَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)kaanoo laa yatanaahawna 'an munkarin fa'aloohu labi'sa maa kaanoo yaf'aloon
DIN 31635kānū lā yatanāhawna ʿan munkarin faʿalūhu labiʾsa mā kānū yafʿalūna
The translators word this verse differently
They used not to prevent one another from the wrongs they used to commit. Evil is what they used to do.
Compare translations (4)
They restrained not one another from the wickedness they did. Verily evil was that they used to do
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
they would not desist from the wrong they did; evil is that which they did
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
they forbade not one another the iniquity which they wrought! detestable are their actions
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
They forbade not one another the wickedness which they committed; and wo unto them for what they committed
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
تَرَىٰ كَثِيرًا مِّنْهُمْ يَتَوَلَّوْنَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ لَبِئْسَ مَا قَدَّمَتْ لَهُمْ أَنفُسُهُمْ أَن سَخِطَ ٱللَّهُ عَلَيْهِمْ وَفِى ٱلْعَذَابِ هُمْ خَٰلِدُونَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)taraa katheeran minhum yatawallawna lladheena kafaroo labi'sa maa qaddamat lahum anfusuhum an sakhita llaahu 'alayhim wafee l-'adhaabi hum khaalidoon
DIN 31635tarā kaṯīran minhum yatawallawna llaḏīna kafarū labiʾsa mā qaddamat lahum ʾanfusuhum ʾan saḫiṭa llāhu ʿalayhim wafī l-ʿaḏābi hum ḫālidūna
The translators word this verse differently
You will see many of them befriending those who disbelieve. Terrible is what their souls prompts them to do. The wrath of God fell upon them, and in the torment they will remain.
Compare translations (4)
Thou seest many of them making friends with those who disbelieve. Surely ill for them is that which they themselves send on before them: that Allah will be wroth with them and in the doom they will abide
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
Thou wilt see many of them taking those who disbelieve for their patrons; evil is that which their souls have sent before them, for God's wrath is on them, and in the torment shall they dwell for aye
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
Thou shalt see many of them make friends of the infidels. Evil the actions which their own passions have sent on beforehand; for God is angry with them, and in torment shall they abide for ever
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
Thou shalt see many of them take for their friends, those who believe not. Woe unto them for what their souls have sent before them, for that God is incensed against them, and they shall remain in torment for ever
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
وَلَوْ كَانُوا۟ يُؤْمِنُونَ بِٱللَّهِ وَٱلنَّبِىِّ وَمَآ أُنزِلَ إِلَيْهِ مَا ٱتَّخَذُوهُمْ أَوْلِيَآءَ وَلَٰكِنَّ كَثِيرًا مِّنْهُمْ فَٰسِقُونَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)walaw kaanoo yu'minoona billaahi wan-nabiyyi wamaa unzila ilayhi maa takhadhoohum awliyaa'a walaakinna katheeran minhum faasiqoon
DIN 31635walaw kānū yuʾminūna billāhi wan-nabiyyi wamā ʾunzila ʾilayhi mā taḫaḏūhum ʾawliyāʾa walākinna kaṯīran minhum fāsiqūna
Had they believed in God and the Prophet, and in what was revealed to him, they would not have befriended them. But many of them are immoral.
Compare translations (4)
If they believed in Allah and the Prophet and that which is revealed unto him, they would not choose them for their friends. But many of them are of evil conduct
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
But had they believed in God and the prophet, and what was revealed to him, they had not taken these for their patrons; but many of them are evildoers
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
But, if they had believed in God, and the Prophet, and the Koran which hath been sent down to him, they had not taken them for their friends; but perverse are most of them
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
But, if they had believed in God, and the prophet, and that which hath been revealed unto him, they had not taken them for their friends; but many of them are evil doers
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
لَتَجِدَنَّ أَشَدَّ ٱلنَّاسِ عَدَٰوَةً لِّلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ ٱلْيَهُودَ وَٱلَّذِينَ أَشْرَكُوا۟ وَلَتَجِدَنَّ أَقْرَبَهُم مَّوَدَّةً لِّلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ ٱلَّذِينَ قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّا نَصَٰرَىٰ ذَٰلِكَ بِأَنَّ مِنْهُمْ قِسِّيسِينَ وَرُهْبَانًا وَأَنَّهُمْ لَا يَسْتَكْبِرُونَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)latajidanna ashadda n-naasi 'adaawatan lilladheena aamanoo l-yahooda walladheena ashrakoo walatajidanna aqrabahum mawaddatan lilladheena aamanoo lladheena qaaloo innaa nasaaraa dhaalika bi'anna minhum qisseeseena waruhbaanan wa'annahum laa yastakbiroon
DIN 31635lataǧidanna ʾašadda n-nāsi ʿadāwatan lillaḏīna ʾāmanū l-yahūda wallaḏīna ʾašrakū walataǧidanna ʾaqrabahum mawaddatan lillaḏīna ʾāmanū llaḏīna qālū ʾinnā naṣārā ḏālika biʾanna minhum qissīsīna waruhbānan waʾannahum lā yastakbirūna
You will find that the people most hostile towards the believers are the Jews and the polytheists. And you will find that the nearest in affection towards the believers are those who say, "We are Christians." That is because among them are priests and monks, and they are not arrogant.
Compare translations (4)
Thou wilt find the most vehement of mankind in hostility to those who believe (to be) the Jews and the idolaters. And thou wilt find the nearest of them in affection to those who believe (to be) those who say: Lo! We are Christians. That is because there are among them priests and monks, and because they are not proud
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
Thou wilt surely find that the strongest in enmity against those who believe are the Jews and the idolaters; and thou wilt find the nearest in love to those who believe to be those who say, 'We are Christians;' that is because there are amongst them priests and monks, and because they are not proud
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
Of all men thou wilt certainly find the Jews, and those who join other gods with God, to be the most intense in hatred of those who believe; and thou shalt certainly find those to be nearest in affection to them who say, "We are Christians." This, because some of them are priests and monks, and because they are free from pride
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
Thou shalt surely find the most violent of all men in enmity against the true believers, to be the Jews, and the idolaters: And thou shalt surely find those among them to be the most inclinable to entertain friendship for the true believers, who say, we are Christians. This cometh to pass, because there are priests and monks among them; and because they are not elated with pride
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
وَإِذَا سَمِعُوا۟ مَآ أُنزِلَ إِلَى ٱلرَّسُولِ تَرَىٰٓ أَعْيُنَهُمْ تَفِيضُ مِنَ ٱلدَّمْعِ مِمَّا عَرَفُوا۟ مِنَ ٱلْحَقِّ يَقُولُونَ رَبَّنَآ ءَامَنَّا فَٱكْتُبْنَا مَعَ ٱلشَّٰهِدِينَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)wa'idhaa sami'oo maa unzila ilaa r-rasooli taraa a'yunahum tafeedu mina d-dam'i mimmaa 'arafoo mina l-haqqi yaqooloona rabbanaa aamannaa faktubnaa ma'a sh-shaahideen
DIN 31635waʾiḏā samiʿū mā ʾunzila ʾilā r-rasūli tarā ʾaʿyunahum tafīḍu mina d-damʿi mimmā ʿarafū mina l-ḥaqqi yaqūlūna rabbanā ʾāmannā faktubnā maʿa š-šāhidīna
And when they hear what was revealed to the Messenger, you see their eyes overflowing with tears, as they recognize the truth in it. They say, "Our Lord, we have believed, so count us among the witnesses."
Compare translations (4)
When they listen to that which hath been revealed unto the messengers, thou seest their eyes overflow with tears because of their recognition of the Truth. They say: Our Lord, we believe. Inscribe us as among the witnesses
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
And when they hear what has been revealed to the prophet, you will see their eyes gush with tears at what they recognise as truth therein; and they will say, 'O our Lord! we believe, so write us down amongst the witnesses
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
And when they hear that which hath been sent down to the Apostle, thou seest their eyes overflow with tears at the truth they recognise therein, saying, "O our Lord! we believe; write us down therefore with those who bear witness to it
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
And when they hear what has been revealed to this Messenger, thou seest their eyes overflow with tears, because of the truth which they have recognized. They say, 'Our Lord, we believe, so write us down among the witnesses
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
وَمَا لَنَا لَا نُؤْمِنُ بِٱللَّهِ وَمَا جَآءَنَا مِنَ ٱلْحَقِّ وَنَطْمَعُ أَن يُدْخِلَنَا رَبُّنَا مَعَ ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلصَّٰلِحِينَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)wamaa lanaa laa nu'minu billaahi wamaa jaa'anaa mina l-haqqi wanatma'u an yudkhilanaa rabbunaa ma'a l-qawmi s-saaliheen
DIN 31635wamā lanā lā nuʾminu billāhi wamā ǧāʾanā mina l-ḥaqqi wanaṭmaʿu ʾan yudḫilanā rabbunā maʿa l-qawmi ṣ-ṣāliḥīna
"And why should we not believe in God, and in the truth that has come to us, and hope that our Lord will include us among the righteous people?"
Compare translations (4)
How should we not believe in Allah and that which hath come unto us of the Truth. And (how should we not) hope that our Lord will bring us in along with righteous folk
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
Why should we not believe in God and the truth that is given to us, nor desire that our Lord should make us enter with the upright people
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
And why should we not believe in God, and in the truth which hath come down to us, and crave that our Lord would bring us into Paradise with the Just
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
And why should we not believe in God and in the truth which has come to us, while we earnestly wish that our Lord should include us among the righteous people
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
فَأَثَٰبَهُمُ ٱللَّهُ بِمَا قَالُوا۟ جَنَّٰتٍ تَجْرِى مِن تَحْتِهَا ٱلْأَنْهَٰرُ خَٰلِدِينَ فِيهَا وَذَٰلِكَ جَزَآءُ ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)fa'athaabahumu llaahu bimaa qaaloo jannaatin tajree min tahtihaa l-'anhaaru khaalideena feehaa wadhaalika jazaa'u l-muhsineen
DIN 31635faʾaṯābahumu llāhu bimā qālū ǧannātin taǧrī min taḥtihā l-ʾanhāru ḫālidīna fīhā waḏālika ǧazāʾu l-muḥsinīna
God will reward them for what they say-Gardens beneath which rivers flow, where they will stay forever. Such is the reward of the righteous.
Compare translations (4)
Allah hath rewarded them for that their saying - Gardens underneath which rivers flow, wherein they will abide for ever. That is the reward of the good
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
Therefore has God rewarded them, for what they said, with gardens beneath which rivers flow, to dwell therein for aye; that is the reward of those who do good
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
Therefore hath God rewarded them for these their words, with gardens 'neath which the rivers flow; they shall abide therein for ever: this the reward of the righteous
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
So God rewarded them for what they said, with Gardens beneath which streams flow. Therein shall they abide: and that is the reward of those who do good
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
وَٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ وَكَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَٰتِنَآ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ أَصْحَٰبُ ٱلْجَحِيمِ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)walladheena kafaroo wakadhdhaboo bi'aayaatinaa oolaa'ika ashaabu l-jaheem
DIN 31635wallaḏīna kafarū wakaḏḏabū biʾāyātinā ʾūlāʾika ʾaṣḥābu l-ǧaḥīmi
But as for those who disbelieve and deny Our signs-these are the inmates of the Fire.
Compare translations (4)
But those who disbelieve and deny Our revelations, they are owners of hell-fire
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
but those who disbelieve and say our signs are lies, they are the fellows of hell
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
But they who believe not and treat our signs as lies shall be the inmates of Hell-fire
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
And those who have disbelieved and rejected Our Signs, these are they who are the inmates of Hell
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ لَا تُحَرِّمُوا۟ طَيِّبَٰتِ مَآ أَحَلَّ ٱللَّهُ لَكُمْ وَلَا تَعْتَدُوٓا۟ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يُحِبُّ ٱلْمُعْتَدِينَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa lladheena aamanoo laa tuharrimoo tayyibaati maa ahalla llaahu lakum walaa ta'tadoo inna llaaha laa yuhibbu l-mu'tadeen
DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā llaḏīna ʾāmanū lā tuḥarrimū ṭayyibāti mā ʾaḥalla llāhu lakum walā taʿtadū ʾinna llāha lā yuḥibbu l-muʿtadīna
O you who believe! Do not prohibit the good things God has permitted for you, and do not commit aggression. God does not love the aggressors.
Compare translations (4)
O ye who believe! Forbid not the good things which Allah hath made lawful for you, and transgress not, Lo! Allah loveth not transgressors
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
O ye who believe! forbid not the good things which God has made lawful for you, nor transgress; verily, God loves not the transgressors
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
O ye who believe! interdict not the healthful viands which God hath allowed you; go not beyond this limit. God loveth not those who outstep it
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
O ye who believe! make not unlawful the good things which God has made lawful for you, and do not transgress. Surely God loves not the transgressors
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
وَكُلُوا۟ مِمَّا رَزَقَكُمُ ٱللَّهُ حَلَٰلًا طَيِّبًا وَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ ٱلَّذِىٓ أَنتُم بِهِۦ مُؤْمِنُونَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)wakuloo mimmaa razaqakumu llaahu halaalan tayyiban waattaqoo llaaha lladhee antum bihi mu'minoon
DIN 31635wakulū mimmā razaqakumu llāhu ḥalālan ṭayyiban wāttaqū llāha llaḏī ʾantum bihi muʾminūna
And eat of the lawful and good things God has provided for you; and be conscious of God, in whom you are believers.
Compare translations (4)
Eat of that which Allah hath bestowed on you as food lawful and good, and keep your duty to Allah in Whom ye are believers
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
But eat of what God has provided you lawfully of good things; and fear God, in whom ye believe
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
And eat of what God hath given you for food, that which is lawful and wholesome: and fear God, in whom ye believe
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
And eat of that which God has provided for you of what is lawful and good. And fear God in Whom you believe
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
لَا يُؤَاخِذُكُمُ ٱللَّهُ بِٱللَّغْوِ فِىٓ أَيْمَٰنِكُمْ وَلَٰكِن يُؤَاخِذُكُم بِمَا عَقَّدتُّمُ ٱلْأَيْمَٰنَ فَكَفَّٰرَتُهُۥٓ إِطْعَامُ عَشَرَةِ مَسَٰكِينَ مِنْ أَوْسَطِ مَا تُطْعِمُونَ أَهْلِيكُمْ أَوْ كِسْوَتُهُمْ أَوْ تَحْرِيرُ رَقَبَةٍ فَمَن لَّمْ يَجِدْ فَصِيَامُ ثَلَٰثَةِ أَيَّامٍ ذَٰلِكَ كَفَّٰرَةُ أَيْمَٰنِكُمْ إِذَا حَلَفْتُمْ وَٱحْفَظُوٓا۟ أَيْمَٰنَكُمْ كَذَٰلِكَ يُبَيِّنُ ٱللَّهُ لَكُمْ ءَايَٰتِهِۦ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَشْكُرُونَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)laa yu'aakhidhukumu llaahu billaghwi fee aymaanikum walaakin yu'aakhidhukum bimaa 'aqqadttumu l-'aymaana fakaffaaratuhu it'aamu 'asharati masaakeena min awsati maa tut'imoona ahleekum aw kiswatuhum aw tahreeru raqabatin faman lam yajid fasiyaamu thalaathati ayyaamin dhaalika kaffaaratu aymaanikum idhaa halaftum wahfazoo aymaanakum kadhaalika yubayyinu llaahu lakum aayaatihi la'allakum tashkuroon
DIN 31635lā yuʾāḫiḏukumu llāhu billaġwi fī ʾaymānikum walākin yuʾāḫiḏukum bimā ʿaqqadttumu l-ʾaymāna fakaffāratuhu ʾiṭʿāmu ʿašarati masākīna min ʾawsaṭi mā tuṭʿimūna ʾahlīkum ʾaw kiswatuhum ʾaw taḥrīru raqabatin faman lam yaǧid faṣiyāmu ṯalāṯati ʾayyāmin ḏālika kaffāratu ʾaymānikum ʾiḏā ḥalaftum waḥfaẓū ʾaymānakum kaḏālika yubayyinu llāhu lakum ʾāyātihi laʿallakum taškurūna
God does not hold you accountable for your unintended oaths, but He holds you accountable for your binding oaths. The atonement for it is by feeding ten needy people from the average of what you feed your families, or by clothing them, or by freeing a slave. Anyone who lacks the means shall fast for three days. That is the atonement for breaking your oaths when you have sworn them. So keep your oaths. Thus God makes clear His Revelations to you, that you may be grateful.
Compare translations (4)
Allah will not take you to task for that which is unintentional in your oaths, but He will take you to task for the oaths which ye swear in earnest. The expiation thereof is the feeding of ten of the needy with the average of that wherewith ye feed your own folk, or the clothing of them, or the liberation of a slave, and for him who findeth not (the wherewithal to do so) then a three days' fast. This is the expiation of your oaths when ye have sworn; and keep your oaths. Thus Allah expoundeth unto you His revelations in order that ye may give thanks
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
God will not catch you up for a casual word in your oaths, but He will catch you up for having what ye make deliberate oaths about; and the expiation thereof is to feed ten poor men with the middling food ye feed your families withal, or to clothe them, or to free a neck; but he who has not the means, then let him fast three days. That is the expiation of your oaths, when ye have sworn to keep your oaths; thus does God explain to you His signs, - haply ye may be grateful
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
God will not punish you for a mistaken word in your oaths: but he will punish you in regard to an oath taken seriously. Its expiation shall be to feed ten poor persons with such middling food as ye feed your own families with, or to clothe them; or to set free a captive. But he who cannot find means, shall fast three days. This is the expiation of your oaths when ye shall have sworn. Keep then your oaths. Thus God maketh his signs clear to you, that ye may give thanks
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
God will not take you to task for such of your oaths as are vain, but He will take you to task for breaking the oaths which you take in earnest. The expiation thereof, then, is the feeding of ten poor persons with such average food as you feed your families with, or the clothing of them or the freeing of a slave. But whoso finds not the means shall fast for three days. That is the expiation of your oaths when you have sworn. And keep your oaths. Thus does God explain to you His Signs that you may be grateful
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوٓا۟ إِنَّمَا ٱلْخَمْرُ وَٱلْمَيْسِرُ وَٱلْأَنصَابُ وَٱلْأَزْلَٰمُ رِجْسٌ مِّنْ عَمَلِ ٱلشَّيْطَٰنِ فَٱجْتَنِبُوهُ لَعَلَّكُمْ تُفْلِحُونَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa lladheena aamanoo innamaa l-khamru wal-maysiru wal-'ansaabu wal-'azlaamu rijsun min 'amali sh-shaytaani fajtaniboohu la'allakum tuflihoon
DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā llaḏīna ʾāmanū ʾinnamā l-ḫamru wal-maysiru wal-ʾanṣābu wal-ʾazlāmu riǧsun min ʿamali š-šayṭāni faǧtanibūhu laʿallakum tufliḥūna
O you who believe! Intoxicants, gambling, idolatry, and divination are abominations of Satan's doing. Avoid them, so that you may prosper.
Compare translations (4)
O ye who believe! Strong drink and games of chance and idols and divining arrows are only an infamy of Satan's handiwork. Leave it aside in order that ye may succeed
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
O ye who believe! verily, wine, and el maisar, and statues, and divining (arrows) are only an abomination of Satan's work; avoid them then that haply ye may prosper
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
O believers! surely wine and games of chance, and statues, and the divining arrows, are an abomination of Satan's work! Avoid them, that ye may prosper
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
O ye who believe! wine and the game of chance and idols and divining arrows are only the abomination of Satan's handiwork. So shun each one of them that you may prosper
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
إِنَّمَا يُرِيدُ ٱلشَّيْطَٰنُ أَن يُوقِعَ بَيْنَكُمُ ٱلْعَدَٰوَةَ وَٱلْبَغْضَآءَ فِى ٱلْخَمْرِ وَٱلْمَيْسِرِ وَيَصُدَّكُمْ عَن ذِكْرِ ٱللَّهِ وَعَنِ ٱلصَّلَوٰةِ فَهَلْ أَنتُم مُّنتَهُونَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)innamaa yureedu sh-shaytaanu an yooqi'a baynakumu l-'adaawata wal-baghdaa'a fee l-khamri wal-maysiri wayasuddakum 'an dhikri llaahi wa'ani s-salaati fahal antum muntahoon
DIN 31635ʾinnamā yurīdu š-šayṭānu ʾan yūqiʿa baynakumu l-ʿadāwata wal-baġḍāʾa fī l-ḫamri wal-maysiri wayaṣuddakum ʿan ḏikri llāhi waʿani ṣ-ṣalāti fahal ʾantum muntahūna
Satan wants to provoke strife and hatred among you through intoxicants and gambling, and to prevent you from the remembrance of God, and from prayer. Will you not desist?
Compare translations (4)
Satan seeketh only to cast among you enmity and hatred by means of strong drink and games of chance, and to turn you from remembrance of Allah and from (His) worship. Will ye then have done
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
Satan only desires to place enmity and hatred between you by wine and maisar, and to turn you from the remembrance of God and from prayer; but will ye not desist
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
Only would Satan sow hatred and strife among you, by wine and games of chance, and turn you aside from the remembrance of God, and from prayer: will ye not, therefore, abstain from them
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
Satan seeks only to create enmity and hatred among you by means of wine and the game of chance, and to keep you back from the remembrance of God and from Prayer. Then will you keep back
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
وَأَطِيعُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَأَطِيعُوا۟ ٱلرَّسُولَ وَٱحْذَرُوا۟ فَإِن تَوَلَّيْتُمْ فَٱعْلَمُوٓا۟ أَنَّمَا عَلَىٰ رَسُولِنَا ٱلْبَلَٰغُ ٱلْمُبِينُ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)wa'atee'oo llaaha wa'atee'oo r-rasoola wahdharoo fa'in tawallaytum fa'lamoo annamaa 'alaa rasoolinaa l-balaaghu l-mubeen
DIN 31635waʾaṭīʿū llāha waʾaṭīʿū r-rasūla waḥḏarū faʾin tawallaytum faʿlamū ʾannamā ʿalā rasūlinā l-balāġu l-mubīnu
Obey God and obey the Messenger, and be cautious. If you turn away-know that the duty of Our Messenger is clear communication.
Compare translations (4)
Obey Allah and obey the messenger, and beware! But if ye turn away, then know that the duty of Our messenger is only plain conveyance (of the message)
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
and obey God, and obey the apostles, and beware, for if ye turn back then know that our Apostle has only his message to preach
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
Obey God and obey the Apostle, and be on your guard: but if ye turn back, know that our Apostle is only bound to deliver a plain announcement
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
And obey God and obey the Messenger, and be on your guard. But if you turn away, then know that on Our Messenger lies only the clear conveyance of the Message
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
لَيْسَ عَلَى ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّٰلِحَٰتِ جُنَاحٌ فِيمَا طَعِمُوٓا۟ إِذَا مَا ٱتَّقَوا۟ وَّءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّٰلِحَٰتِ ثُمَّ ٱتَّقَوا۟ وَّءَامَنُوا۟ ثُمَّ ٱتَّقَوا۟ وَّأَحْسَنُوا۟ وَٱللَّهُ يُحِبُّ ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)laysa 'alaa lladheena aamanoo wa'amiloo s-saalihaati junaahun feemaa ta'imoo idhaa maa taqaw wa'aamanoo wa'amiloo s-saalihaati thumma taqaw wa'aamanoo thumma taqaw wa'ahsanoo wallaahu yuhibbu l-muhsineen
DIN 31635laysa ʿalā llaḏīna ʾāmanū waʿamilū ṣ-ṣāliḥāti ǧunāḥun fīmā ṭaʿimū ʾiḏā mā taqaw waʾāmanū waʿamilū ṣ-ṣāliḥāti ṯumma taqaw waʾāmanū ṯumma taqaw waʾaḥsanū wallāhu yuḥibbu l-muḥsinīna
The translators word this verse differently
Those who believe and do righteous deeds will not be blamed for what they may have eaten, provided they obey, and believe, and do good deeds, then maintain piety and faith, then remain righteous and charitable. God loves the charitable.
Compare translations (4)
There shall be no sin (imputed) unto those who believe and do good works for what they may have eaten (in the past). So be mindful of your duty (to Allah), and believe, and do good works; and again: be mindful of your duty, and believe; and once again: be mindful of your duty, and do right. Allah loveth the good
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
There is no crime in those who believe and do right, for having tasted food, when they fear God, and believe, and do what is right, and then fear Him, and believe, and then fear, and do good, for God loves those who do good
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
No blame shall attach to those who believe and do good works, in regard to any food they have taken, in case they fear God and believe, and do the things that are right, and shall still fear God and believe, and shall still fear him, and do good; for God loveth those who do good
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
On those who believe and do good works there shall be no sin for what they eat, provided they fear God and believe and do good works, and again fear God and believe, yet again fear God and do good. And God loves those who do good
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ لَيَبْلُوَنَّكُمُ ٱللَّهُ بِشَىْءٍ مِّنَ ٱلصَّيْدِ تَنَالُهُۥٓ أَيْدِيكُمْ وَرِمَاحُكُمْ لِيَعْلَمَ ٱللَّهُ مَن يَخَافُهُۥ بِٱلْغَيْبِ فَمَنِ ٱعْتَدَىٰ بَعْدَ ذَٰلِكَ فَلَهُۥ عَذَابٌ أَلِيمٌ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa lladheena aamanoo layabluwannakumu llaahu bishay'in mina s-saydi tanaaluhu aydeekum warimaahukum liya'lama llaahu man yakhaafuhu bil-ghaybi famani 'tadaa ba'da dhaalika falahu 'adhaabun aleem
DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā llaḏīna ʾāmanū layabluwannakumu llāhu bišayʾin mina ṣ-ṣaydi tanāluhu ʾaydīkum warimāḥukum liyaʿlama llāhu man yaḫāfuhu bil-ġaybi famani ʿtadā baʿda ḏālika falahu ʿaḏābun ʾalīmun
O you who believe! God will test you with something of the game your hands and spears obtain, that God may know who fears Him at heart. Whoever commits aggression after that will have a painful punishment.
Compare translations (4)
O ye who believe! Allah will surely try you somewhat (in the matter) of the game which ye take with your hands and your spears, that Allah may know him who feareth Him in secret. Whoso transgresseth after this, for him there is a painful doom
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
O ye who believe! God will try you with something of the game that your hands and your lances take, that God may know who fears Him in secret; and whoso transgresses after that, for him is grievous woe
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
O ye who believe! God will surely make trial of you with such game as ye may take with your hands, or your lances, that God may know who feareth him in secret: and whoever after this transgresseth, shall suffer a grievous chastisement
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
O ye who believe! God will surely try you in a little matter: the game which your hands and lances can reach, so that God may cause to be known those who fear Him in secret. Whoso, therefore, will transgress after this, shall have a grievous punishment
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ لَا تَقْتُلُوا۟ ٱلصَّيْدَ وَأَنتُمْ حُرُمٌ وَمَن قَتَلَهُۥ مِنكُم مُّتَعَمِّدًا فَجَزَآءٌ مِّثْلُ مَا قَتَلَ مِنَ ٱلنَّعَمِ يَحْكُمُ بِهِۦ ذَوَا عَدْلٍ مِّنكُمْ هَدْيًۢا بَٰلِغَ ٱلْكَعْبَةِ أَوْ كَفَّٰرَةٌ طَعَامُ مَسَٰكِينَ أَوْ عَدْلُ ذَٰلِكَ صِيَامًا لِّيَذُوقَ وَبَالَ أَمْرِهِۦ عَفَا ٱللَّهُ عَمَّا سَلَفَ وَمَنْ عَادَ فَيَنتَقِمُ ٱللَّهُ مِنْهُ وَٱللَّهُ عَزِيزٌ ذُو ٱنتِقَامٍ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa lladheena aamanoo laa taqtuloo s-sayda wa'antum hurumun waman qatalahu minkum muta'ammidan fajazaa'un mithlu maa qatala mina n-na'ami yahkumu bihi dhawaa 'adlin minkum hadyan baaligha l-ka'bati aw kaffaaratun ta'aamu masaakeena aw 'adlu dhaalika siyaaman liyadhooqa wabaala amrihi 'afaa llaahu 'ammaa salafa waman 'aada fayantaqimu llaahu minhu wallaahu 'azeezun dhoo ntiqaam
DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā llaḏīna ʾāmanū lā taqtulū ṣ-ṣayda waʾantum ḥurumun waman qatalahu minkum mutaʿammidan faǧazāʾun miṯlu mā qatala mina n-naʿami yaḥkumu bihi ḏawā ʿadlin minkum hadyan bāliġa l-kaʿbati ʾaw kaffāratun ṭaʿāmu masākīna ʾaw ʿadlu ḏālika ṣiyāman liyaḏūqa wabāla ʾamrihi ʿafā llāhu ʿammā salafa waman ʿāda fayantaqimu llāhu minhu wallāhu ʿazīzun ḏū ntiqāmin
O you who believe! do not kill game while you are in pilgrim sanctity. Whoever of you kills any intentionally, its penalty shall be a domestic animal comparable to what he killed, as determined by two honest persons among you-an offering delivered to the Kaabah. Or he may atone by feeding the needy, or its equivalent in fasting, so that he may taste the consequences of his conduct. God forgives what is past. But whoever repeats, God will take revenge on him. God is Almighty, Avenger.
Compare translations (4)
O ye who believe! Kill no wild game while ye are on the pilgrimage. Whoso of you killeth it of set purpose he shall pay its forfeit in the equivalent of that which he hath killed, of domestic animals, the judge to be two men among you known for justice, (the forfeit) to be brought as an offering to the Ka'bah; or, for expiation, he shall feed poor persons, or the equivalent thereof in fasting, that he may taste the evil consequences of his deed. Allah forgiveth whatever (of this kind) may have happened in the past, but whoso relapseth, Allah will take retribution from him. Allah is Mighty, Able to Requite (the wrong)
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
O ye who believe! kill not game while ye are on pilgrimage. But he amongst you who kills it purposely, his compensation is the like of that which he has killed, in sheep -- of which two equitable persons amongst you shall be judge -- an offering brought to the Kaabah; or as an expiation, the food of poor persons, or an equivalent thereof in fasting, that he may taste the evil result of his deed. God pardons bygones; but whoso returns, God will take vengeance on him, for God is mighty and the avenger
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
O believers! kill no game while ye are on pilgrimage. Whosoever among you shall purposely kill it, shall comsent pensate for it in domestic animals of equal value (according to the judgment of two just persons among you), to be brought as an offering to the Caaba; or in expiation thereof shall feed the poor; or as the equivalent of this shall fast, that he may taste the ill consequence of his deed. God forgiveth what is past; but whoever doth it again, God will take vengeance on him; for God is mighty and vengeance is His
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
O ye who believe! kill not game while you are in a state of Pilgrimage. And whoso among you kills it intentionally, its compensation is a quadruped like unto that which he has killed, as determined by two just men from among you, the same to be bought as an offering to the Ka'bah; or as an expiation he shall feed a number of poor persons, or fast an equivalent number of days, so that he may taste the penalty of his deed. As for the past, God forgives it; but whoso reverts to it, God will punish him for his offence. And God is the Lord of retribution
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
أُحِلَّ لَكُمْ صَيْدُ ٱلْبَحْرِ وَطَعَامُهُۥ مَتَٰعًا لَّكُمْ وَلِلسَّيَّارَةِ وَحُرِّمَ عَلَيْكُمْ صَيْدُ ٱلْبَرِّ مَا دُمْتُمْ حُرُمًا وَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ ٱلَّذِىٓ إِلَيْهِ تُحْشَرُونَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)uhilla lakum saydu l-bahri wata'aamuhu mataa'an lakum walilssayyaarati wahurrima 'alaykum saydu l-barri maa dumtum huruman waattaqoo llaaha lladhee ilayhi tuhsharoon
DIN 31635ʾuḥilla lakum ṣaydu l-baḥri waṭaʿāmuhu matāʿan lakum walilssayyārati waḥurrima ʿalaykum ṣaydu l-barri mā dumtum ḥuruman wāttaqū llāha llaḏī ʾilayhi tuḥšarūna
Permitted for you is the catch of sea, and its food-as sustenance for you and for travelers. But forbidden for you is the game of land while you are in pilgrim sanctity. And fear God, to whom you will be gathered.
Compare translations (4)
To hunt and to eat the fish of the sea is made lawful for you, a provision for you and for seafarers; but to hunt on land is forbidden you so long as ye are on the pilgrimage. Be mindful of your duty to Allah, unto Whom ye will be gathered
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
Lawful for you is the game of the sea, and to eat thereof; a provision for you and for travellers; but forbidden you is the game of the land while ye are on pilgrimage; so fear God to whom ye shall be gathered
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
It is lawful for you to fish in the sea, and to eat fish, as provision for you and for those who travel; but it is unlawful for you to hunt by land while ye are still on pilgrimage: fear ye God, therefore, before whom ye shall be assembled
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
The game of the sea and the eating thereof is made lawful for you as a provision for you and the travelers; but forbidden to you is the game of the land as long as you are in the state of Pilgrimage. And fear God to whom you shall be gathered
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
جَعَلَ ٱللَّهُ ٱلْكَعْبَةَ ٱلْبَيْتَ ٱلْحَرَامَ قِيَٰمًا لِّلنَّاسِ وَٱلشَّهْرَ ٱلْحَرَامَ وَٱلْهَدْىَ وَٱلْقَلَٰٓئِدَ ذَٰلِكَ لِتَعْلَمُوٓا۟ أَنَّ ٱللَّهَ يَعْلَمُ مَا فِى ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَمَا فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَأَنَّ ٱللَّهَ بِكُلِّ شَىْءٍ عَلِيمٌ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)ja'ala llaahu l-ka'bata l-bayta l-haraama qiyaaman lilnnaasi wash-shahra l-haraama wal-hadya wal-qalaa'ida dhaalika lita'lamoo anna llaaha ya'lamu maa fee s-samaawaati wamaa fee l-'ardi wa'anna llaaha bikulli shay'in 'aleem
DIN 31635ǧaʿala llāhu l-kaʿbata l-bayta l-ḥarāma qiyāman lilnnāsi waš-šahra l-ḥarāma wal-hadya wal-qalāʾida ḏālika litaʿlamū ʾanna llāha yaʿlamu mā fī s-samāwāti wamā fī l-ʾarḍi waʾanna llāha bikulli šayʾin ʿalīmun
God has appointed the Kaabah, the Sacred House, a sanctuary for the people, and the Sacred Month, and the offerings, and the garlanded. That you may know that God knows everything in the heavens and the earth, and that God is Cognizant of all things.
Compare translations (4)
Allah hath appointed the Ka'bah, the Sacred House, a standard for mankind, and the Sacred Month and the offerings and the garlands. That is so that ye may know that Allah knoweth whatsoever is in the heavens and whatsoever is in the earth, and that Allah is Knower of all things
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
God has made the Kaabah, the sacred House, to be a station for men, and the sacred month, and the offering and its neck garland; this is that ye may know that God knows what is in the heavens and what is in the earth, and that God knows all things
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
God hath appointed the Caaba, the sacred house, to be a station for mankind, and the sacred month, and the offering, and its ornaments. This, that ye may know that God knoweth all that is in the heavens and on the earth, and that God hath knowledge of everything
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
God has made the Ka'bah the Sacred House, a means of support and uplift for mankind, as also the Sacred Month and the offerings and the animals with collars. That is so that you may know that God knows what is in the heavens and what is in the earth, and that God knows all things well
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
ٱعْلَمُوٓا۟ أَنَّ ٱللَّهَ شَدِيدُ ٱلْعِقَابِ وَأَنَّ ٱللَّهَ غَفُورٌ رَّحِيمٌ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)i'lamoo anna llaaha shadeedu l-'iqaabi wa'anna llaaha ghafoorun raheem
DIN 31635iʿlamū ʾanna llāha šadīdu l-ʿiqābi waʾanna llāha ġafūrun raḥīmun
Know that God is severe in retribution, and that God is Forgiving and Merciful.
Compare translations (4)
Know that Allah is severe in punishment, but that Allah (also) is Forgiving, Merciful
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
Know that God is keen to punish, but that God is forgiving, merciful
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
Know that God is severe in punishing, and that God is Forgiving, Merciful
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
Know that God is Severe in punishment and that God is also Most Forgiving and ever Merciful
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
مَّا عَلَى ٱلرَّسُولِ إِلَّا ٱلْبَلَٰغُ وَٱللَّهُ يَعْلَمُ مَا تُبْدُونَ وَمَا تَكْتُمُونَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)maa 'alaa r-rasooli illaa l-balaaghu wallaahu ya'lamu maa tubdoona wamaa taktumoon
DIN 31635mā ʿalā r-rasūli ʾillā l-balāġu wallāhu yaʿlamu mā tubdūna wamā taktumūna
The translators word this verse differently
The Messenger's sole duty is to convey. God knows what you reveal and what you conceal.
Compare translations (4)
The duty of the messenger is only to convey (the message). Allah knoweth what ye proclaim and what ye hide
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
The Apostle has only to preach his message, but God knows what ye show and what ye hide
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
The Apostle is only bound to preach: and God knoweth what ye bring to light, and what ye conceal
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
On the Messenger lies only the conveying of the Message. And God knows what you disclose and what you hide
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
قُل لَّا يَسْتَوِى ٱلْخَبِيثُ وَٱلطَّيِّبُ وَلَوْ أَعْجَبَكَ كَثْرَةُ ٱلْخَبِيثِ فَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ يَٰٓأُو۟لِى ٱلْأَلْبَٰبِ لَعَلَّكُمْ تُفْلِحُونَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)qul laa yastawee l-khabeethu wat-tayyibu walaw a'jabaka kathratu l-khabeethi faattaqoo llaaha yaa oolee l-'albaabi la'allakum tuflihoon
DIN 31635qul lā yastawī l-ḫabīṯu waṭ-ṭayyibu walaw ʾaʿǧabaka kaṯratu l-ḫabīṯi fāttaqū llāha yā ʾūlī l-ʾalbābi laʿallakum tufliḥūna
Say: "The bad and the good are not equal, even though the abundance of the bad may impress you. So be conscious of God, O you who possess intelligence, that you may succeed."
Compare translations (4)
Say: The evil and the good are not alike even though the plenty of the evil attract thee. So be mindful of your duty to Allah, O men of understanding, that ye may succeed
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
Say, 'The vile shall not be deemed equal with the good, although the abundance of the vile please thee.' Fear God then, O ye who have minds! haply ye may prosper
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
SAY: The evil and the good shall not be valued alike, even though the abundance of evil please thee; therefore fear God, O ye of understanding! that it may be well with you
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
Say, 'The bad and the good are not alike,' even though the abundance of bad may please thee. So be mindful of your duty to God, O men of understanding, that you may prosper
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ لَا تَسْـَٔلُوا۟ عَنْ أَشْيَآءَ إِن تُبْدَ لَكُمْ تَسُؤْكُمْ وَإِن تَسْـَٔلُوا۟ عَنْهَا حِينَ يُنَزَّلُ ٱلْقُرْءَانُ تُبْدَ لَكُمْ عَفَا ٱللَّهُ عَنْهَا وَٱللَّهُ غَفُورٌ حَلِيمٌ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa lladheena aamanoo laa tas'aloo 'an ashyaa'a in tubda lakum tasu'kum wa'in tas'aloo 'anhaa heena yunazzalu l-qur'aanu tubda lakum 'afaa llaahu 'anhaa wallaahu ghafoorun haleem
DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā llaḏīna ʾāmanū lā tasʾalū ʿan ʾašyāʾa ʾin tubda lakum tasuʾkum waʾin tasʾalū ʿanhā ḥīna yunazzalu l-qurʾānu tubda lakum ʿafā llāhu ʿanhā wallāhu ġafūrun ḥalīmun
O you who believe! Do not ask about things that would trouble you if disclosed to you. But if you were to ask about them while the Quran is being revealed, they will become obvious to you. God forgives that. God is Forgiving and Clement.
Compare translations (4)
O ye who believe! Ask not of things which, if they were made unto you, would trouble you; but if ye ask of them when the Qur'an is being revealed, they will be made known unto you. Allah pardoneth this, for Allah is Forgiving, Clement
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
O ye who believe! ask not about things which if they be shown to you will pain you; but if ye ask about them when the (whole) Qur'an is revealed, they shall be shown to you. God pardons that, for God is forgiving and clement
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
O believers! ask us not of things which if they were told might only pain you; but if ye ask of such things when the entire Koran shall have been sent down, they will be declared to you: God will pardon you for this, for God is Forgiving, Gracious
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
O ye who believe! ask not about things which, if revealed to you, would cause you trouble, though if you ask about them while the Qur'an is being sent down they will be revealed to you. God has left them out on purpose. And God is Most Forgiving and Forbearing
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
قَدْ سَأَلَهَا قَوْمٌ مِّن قَبْلِكُمْ ثُمَّ أَصْبَحُوا۟ بِهَا كَٰفِرِينَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)qad sa'alahaa qawmun min qablikum thumma asbahoo bihaa kaafireen
DIN 31635qad saʾalahā qawmun min qablikum ṯumma ʾaṣbaḥū bihā kāfirīna
The translators word this verse differently
A people before you asked about them, but then came to reject them.
Compare translations (4)
A folk before you asked (for such disclosures) and then disbelieved therein
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
People before you have asked about that, yet on the morrow did they disbelieve therein
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
They who were before you, asked concerning such things, and afterwards quickly disbelieved therein
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
A people before you asked about such things, but then they became disbelievers therein
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
مَا جَعَلَ ٱللَّهُ مِنۢ بَحِيرَةٍ وَلَا سَآئِبَةٍ وَلَا وَصِيلَةٍ وَلَا حَامٍ وَلَٰكِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ يَفْتَرُونَ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ ٱلْكَذِبَ وَأَكْثَرُهُمْ لَا يَعْقِلُونَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)maa ja'ala llaahu min baheeratin walaa saa'ibatin walaa waseelatin walaa haamin walaakinna lladheena kafaroo yaftaroona 'alaa llaahi l-kadhiba wa'aktharuhum laa ya'qiloon
DIN 31635mā ǧaʿala llāhu min baḥīratin walā sāʾibatin walā waṣīlatin walā ḥāmin walākinna llaḏīna kafarū yaftarūna ʿalā llāhi l-kaḏiba waʾakṯaruhum lā yaʿqilūna
The translators word this verse differently
God did not institute the superstitions of Bahirah, Saibah, Wasilah, or of Hami; but those who disbelieve fabricate lies about God-most of them do not understand.
Compare translations (4)
Allah hath not appointed anything in the nature of a Bahirah or a Sa'ibah or a Wasilah or a Hami, but those who disbelieve invent a lie against Allah. Most of them have no sense
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
And God has not ordained any Ba'hirah or Saibah, nor Wazilah nor 'Hami, but those who misbelieve invent a lie against God, for most of them do not understand
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
God hath not ordained anything on the subject. of Bahira, or Saiba, or Wasila, or Hami; but the unbelievers have invented this lie against God: and most of them had no understanding
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
God has not ordained any 'Bahira' or 'Sa'ibah' or Wasilah' or 'Hami' but those who disbelieve forge a lie against God, and most of them do not make use of their understanding
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
وَإِذَا قِيلَ لَهُمْ تَعَالَوْا۟ إِلَىٰ مَآ أَنزَلَ ٱللَّهُ وَإِلَى ٱلرَّسُولِ قَالُوا۟ حَسْبُنَا مَا وَجَدْنَا عَلَيْهِ ءَابَآءَنَآ أَوَلَوْ كَانَ ءَابَآؤُهُمْ لَا يَعْلَمُونَ شَيْـًٔا وَلَا يَهْتَدُونَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)wa'idhaa qeela lahum ta'aalaw ilaa maa anzala llaahu wa'ilaa r-rasooli qaaloo hasbunaa maa wajadnaa 'alayhi aabaa'anaa awalaw kaana aabaa'uhum laa ya'lamoona shay'an walaa yahtadoon
DIN 31635waʾiḏā qīla lahum taʿālaw ʾilā mā ʾanzala llāhu waʾilā r-rasūli qālū ḥasbunā mā waǧadnā ʿalayhi ʾābāʾanā ʾawalaw kāna ʾābāʾuhum lā yaʿlamūna šayʾan walā yahtadūna
And when it is said to them, "Come to what God has revealed, and to the Messenger," they say, "Sufficient for us is what we found our forefathers upon." Even if their forefathers knew nothing, and were not guided?
Compare translations (4)
And when it is said unto them: Come unto that which Allah hath revealed and unto the messenger, they say: Enough for us is that wherein we found our fathers. What! Even though their fathers had no knowledge whatsoever, and no guidance
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
And when it is said to them, 'Come round to what God has revealed unto His Apostle,' they say, 'Enough for us is what we found our fathers agreed upon.' What! though their fathers knew nothing and were not guided
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
And when it was said to them, "Accede to that which God hath sent down, and to the Apostle:" they said, "Sufficient for us is the faith in which we found our fathers." What! though their fathers knew nothing, and had no guidance
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
And when it is said to them, 'Come to what God has revealed, and to the Messenger,' they say, 'Sufficient for us is that wherein we found our fathers.' What! even though their fathers had no knowledge and had no guidance
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ عَلَيْكُمْ أَنفُسَكُمْ لَا يَضُرُّكُم مَّن ضَلَّ إِذَا ٱهْتَدَيْتُمْ إِلَى ٱللَّهِ مَرْجِعُكُمْ جَمِيعًا فَيُنَبِّئُكُم بِمَا كُنتُمْ تَعْمَلُونَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa lladheena aamanoo 'alaykum anfusakum laa yadurrukum man dalla idhaa htadaytum ilaa llaahi marji'ukum jamee'an fayunabbi'ukum bimaa kuntum ta'maloon
DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā llaḏīna ʾāmanū ʿalaykum ʾanfusakum lā yaḍurrukum man ḍalla ʾiḏā htadaytum ʾilā llāhi marǧiʿukum ǧamīʿan fayunabbiʾukum bimā kuntum taʿmalūna
O you who believe! You are responsible for your own souls. He who has strayed cannot harm you if you are guided. To God is you return, all of you, and He will inform you of what you used to do.
Compare translations (4)
O ye who believe! Ye have charge of your own souls. He who erreth cannot injure you if ye are rightly guided. Unto Allah ye will all return; and then He will inform you of what ye used to do
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
O ye who believe! mind yourselves; he who errs can do you no hurt when ye are guided: unto God is your return altogether, and He will declare to you that which ye do not know
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
O believers! take heed to yourselves. He who erreth shall not hurt you when ye have the "guidance:" to God shall ye all return, and He will tell you that which ye have done
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
O ye who believe! take care of your own selves. He who goes astray cannot harm you when you yourselves are rightly guided. To God will you all return; then He will inform you of what you used do
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ شَهَٰدَةُ بَيْنِكُمْ إِذَا حَضَرَ أَحَدَكُمُ ٱلْمَوْتُ حِينَ ٱلْوَصِيَّةِ ٱثْنَانِ ذَوَا عَدْلٍ مِّنكُمْ أَوْ ءَاخَرَانِ مِنْ غَيْرِكُمْ إِنْ أَنتُمْ ضَرَبْتُمْ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ فَأَصَٰبَتْكُم مُّصِيبَةُ ٱلْمَوْتِ تَحْبِسُونَهُمَا مِنۢ بَعْدِ ٱلصَّلَوٰةِ فَيُقْسِمَانِ بِٱللَّهِ إِنِ ٱرْتَبْتُمْ لَا نَشْتَرِى بِهِۦ ثَمَنًا وَلَوْ كَانَ ذَا قُرْبَىٰ وَلَا نَكْتُمُ شَهَٰدَةَ ٱللَّهِ إِنَّآ إِذًا لَّمِنَ ٱلْـَٔاثِمِينَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa lladheena aamanoo shahaadatu baynikum idhaa hadara ahadakumu l-mawtu heena l-wasiyyati thnaani dhawaa 'adlin minkum aw aakharaani min ghayrikum in antum darabtum fee l-'ardi fa'asaabatkum museebatu l-mawti tahbisoonahumaa min ba'di s-salaati fayuqsimaani billaahi ini rtabtum laa nashtaree bihi thamanan walaw kaana dhaa qurbaa walaa naktumu shahaadata llaahi innaa idhan lamina l-'aathimeen
DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā llaḏīna ʾāmanū šahādatu baynikum ʾiḏā ḥaḍara ʾaḥadakumu l-mawtu ḥīna l-waṣiyyati ṯnāni ḏawā ʿadlin minkum ʾaw ʾāḫarāni min ġayrikum ʾin ʾantum ḍarabtum fī l-ʾarḍi faʾaṣābatkum muṣībatu l-mawti taḥbisūnahumā min baʿdi ṣ-ṣalāti fayuqsimāni billāhi ʾini rtabtum lā naštarī bihi ṯamanan walaw kāna ḏā qurbā walā naktumu šahādata llāhi ʾinnā ʾiḏan lamina l-ʾāṯimīna
O you who believe! When death approaches one of you, let two reliable persons from among you act as witnesses to the making of a bequest, or two persons from another people if you are travelling in the land and the event of death approaches you. Engage them after the prayer. If you have doubts, let them swear by God: "We will not sell our testimony for any price, even if he was a near relative, and we will not conceal God's testimony, for then we would be sinners."
Compare translations (4)
O ye who believe! Let there be witnesses between you when death draweth nigh unto one of you, at the time of bequest - two witnesses, just men from among you, or two others from another tribe, in case ye are campaigning in the land and the calamity of death befall you. Ye shall empanel them both after the prayer, and, if ye doubt, they shall be made to swear by Allah (saying): We will not take a bribe, even though it were (on behalf of) a near kinsman nor will we hide the testimony of Allah, for then indeed we should be of the sinful
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
O ye who believe! let there be a testimony between you when any one of you is on the point of death - at the time he makes his will - two equitable persons from amongst you; or two others from some other folk, if ye be knocking about in the land, and the calamity of death befall you; ye shall shut them both up after prayer, and they shall both swear by God, if ye doubt them, (saying), 'We will not sell (our testimony) for a price, though it were to a relative, nor will we hide God's testimony, verily, then, we should be among sinners
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
O believers! let there be witnesses between you, when death draweth nigh to any of you, at the time of making the testament; two witnesses - just men from among yourselves, or two others of a different tribe from yourselves - if ye be journeying in the earth, and the calamity of death surprise you. Ye shall shut them both up, after the prayer; and if ye doubt them, they shall swear by God, "We will not take a bribe though the party be of kin to us, neither will we conceal the testimony of God, for then we should be among the wicked
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
O ye who believe! the right evidence among you, when death comes to one of you, at the time of making a will, is of two just men from among you; or of two others not from among you, in case you be journeying in the land and the calamity of death befalls you. You shall detain them both after Prayer for giving evidence; and if you have doubt concerning their evidence, they shall both swear by God, saying, 'We will not take for this any price, even though the person affected thereby be a near relation, nor will we hide the testimony enjoined by God; surely in that case we shall be among the sinners
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
فَإِنْ عُثِرَ عَلَىٰٓ أَنَّهُمَا ٱسْتَحَقَّآ إِثْمًا فَـَٔاخَرَانِ يَقُومَانِ مَقَامَهُمَا مِنَ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱسْتَحَقَّ عَلَيْهِمُ ٱلْأَوْلَيَٰنِ فَيُقْسِمَانِ بِٱللَّهِ لَشَهَٰدَتُنَآ أَحَقُّ مِن شَهَٰدَتِهِمَا وَمَا ٱعْتَدَيْنَآ إِنَّآ إِذًا لَّمِنَ ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)fa'in 'uthira 'alaa annahumaa stahaqqaa ithman fa'aakharaani yaqoomaani maqaamahumaa mina lladheena stahaqqa 'alayhimu l-'awlayaani fayuqsimaani billaahi lashahaadatunaa ahaqqu min shahaadatihimaa wamaa 'tadaynaa innaa idhan lamina z-zaalimeen
DIN 31635faʾin ʿuṯira ʿalā ʾannahumā staḥaqqā ʾiṯman faʾāḫarāni yaqūmāni maqāmahumā mina llaḏīna staḥaqqa ʿalayhimu l-ʾawlayāni fayuqsimāni billāhi lašahādatunā ʾaḥaqqu min šahādatihimā wamā ʿtadaynā ʾinnā ʾiḏan lamina ẓ-ẓālimīna
If it is discovered that they are guilty of perjury: let two others take their place, two from among those responsible for the claim, and have them swear by God, "Our testimony is more truthful than their testimony, and we will not be biased, for then we would be wrongdoers."
Compare translations (4)
But then, if it is afterwards ascertained that both of them merit (the suspicion of) sin, let two others take their place of those nearly concerned, and let them swear by Allah, (saying): Verily our testimony is truer than their testimony and we have not transgressed (the bounds of duty), for them indeed we should be of the evil-doers
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
But if it shall be lit upon that they too have deserved the imputation of sin, then let two others stand up in their place with those who think them deserving of the imputation, the nearest two in kin, and they shall both swear by God, 'Indeed, our testimony is truer than the testimony of those two, and we have not transgressed, for then we should surely be of the unjust
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
But if it shall be made clear that both have been guilty of a falsehood, two others of those who have convicted them thereof, the two nearest in blood shall stand up in their place, and they shall swear by God, "Verily our witness is more true than the witness of these two; neither have we advanced anything untrue, for then should we be of the unjust
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
But if it be discovered that the two witnesses are guilty of sin, then two others shall take their place from amongst those against whom the former two witnesses -- who were in a better position to give true evidence -- had deposed, and the two latter witnesses shall swear by God, saying, 'Surely our testimony is truer than the testimony of the former two, and we have not been unfair in any way; for then, indeed, we should be of the unjust
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
ذَٰلِكَ أَدْنَىٰٓ أَن يَأْتُوا۟ بِٱلشَّهَٰدَةِ عَلَىٰ وَجْهِهَآ أَوْ يَخَافُوٓا۟ أَن تُرَدَّ أَيْمَٰنٌۢ بَعْدَ أَيْمَٰنِهِمْ وَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَٱسْمَعُوا۟ وَٱللَّهُ لَا يَهْدِى ٱلْقَوْمَ ٱلْفَٰسِقِينَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)dhaalika adnaa an ya'too bish-shahaadati 'alaa wajhihaa aw yakhaafoo an turadda aymaanun ba'da aymaanihim waattaqoo llaaha wasma'oo wallaahu laa yahdee l-qawma l-faasiqeen
DIN 31635ḏālika ʾadnā ʾan yaʾtū biš-šahādati ʿalā waǧhihā ʾaw yaḫāfū ʾan turadda ʾaymānun baʿda ʾaymānihim wāttaqū llāha wasmaʿū wallāhu lā yahdī l-qawma l-fāsiqīna
The translators word this verse differently
That makes it more likely that they will give true testimony, fearing that their oaths might be contradicted by subsequent oaths. So fear God, and listen. God does not guide the disobedient people.
Compare translations (4)
Thus it is more likely that they will bear true witness or fear that after their oaths the oaths (of others) will be taken. So be mindful of your duty (to Allah) and hearken. Allah guideth not the froward folk
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
thus is it easier for men to bear testimony according to the purport thereof, else must they fear lest an oath be given to rebut their own oath; but let them fear God and listen, for God guides not the people who do ill
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
Thus will it be easier for men to bear a true witness, or fear lest after their oath another oath be given. Therefore fear God and hearken; for God guideth not the perverse
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
Thus it is more likely that they will give evidence according to facts or that they will fear that other oaths will be taken after their oaths. And fear God and hearken. And God guides not the disobedient people
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
يَوْمَ يَجْمَعُ ٱللَّهُ ٱلرُّسُلَ فَيَقُولُ مَاذَآ أُجِبْتُمْ قَالُوا۟ لَا عِلْمَ لَنَآ إِنَّكَ أَنتَ عَلَّٰمُ ٱلْغُيُوبِ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)yawma yajma'u llaahu r-rusula fayaqoolu maadhaa ujibtum qaaloo laa 'ilma lanaa innaka anta 'allaamu l-ghuyoob
DIN 31635yawma yaǧmaʿu llāhu r-rusula fayaqūlu māḏā ʾuǧibtum qālū lā ʿilma lanā ʾinnaka ʾanta ʿallāmu l-ġuyūbi
On the Day when God will gather the messengers, then say, "What response were you given?" They will say, "We have no knowledge; it is you who are the Knower of the unseen."
Compare translations (4)
In the day when Allah gathereth together the messengers, and saith: What was your response (from mankind)? they say: We have no knowledge. Lo! Thou, only Thou art the Knower of Things Hidden
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
On the day when God shall assemble the apostles and shall say, 'How were ye answered?' they will say, 'We have no knowledge; verily, thou art He who knoweth the unseen
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
One day will God assemble the Apostles, and say, "What reply was made to you?" They shall say, "We have no knowledge, but Thou art the Knower of Secrets
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
Think of the day when God will assemble the Messengers and say, 'What was the reply made to you?' They will say, 'We have no knowledge, it is only Thou Who art the Knower of hidden things
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
إِذْ قَالَ ٱللَّهُ يَٰعِيسَى ٱبْنَ مَرْيَمَ ٱذْكُرْ نِعْمَتِى عَلَيْكَ وَعَلَىٰ وَٰلِدَتِكَ إِذْ أَيَّدتُّكَ بِرُوحِ ٱلْقُدُسِ تُكَلِّمُ ٱلنَّاسَ فِى ٱلْمَهْدِ وَكَهْلًا وَإِذْ عَلَّمْتُكَ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ وَٱلْحِكْمَةَ وَٱلتَّوْرَىٰةَ وَٱلْإِنجِيلَ وَإِذْ تَخْلُقُ مِنَ ٱلطِّينِ كَهَيْـَٔةِ ٱلطَّيْرِ بِإِذْنِى فَتَنفُخُ فِيهَا فَتَكُونُ طَيْرًۢا بِإِذْنِى وَتُبْرِئُ ٱلْأَكْمَهَ وَٱلْأَبْرَصَ بِإِذْنِى وَإِذْ تُخْرِجُ ٱلْمَوْتَىٰ بِإِذْنِى وَإِذْ كَفَفْتُ بَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ عَنكَ إِذْ جِئْتَهُم بِٱلْبَيِّنَٰتِ فَقَالَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ مِنْهُمْ إِنْ هَٰذَآ إِلَّا سِحْرٌ مُّبِينٌ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)idh qaala llaahu yaa 'eesaa bna maryama dhkur ni'matee 'alayka wa'alaa waalidatika idh ayyadttuka biroohi l-qudusi tukallimu n-naasa fee l-mahdi wakahlan wa'idh 'allamtuka l-kitaaba wal-hikmata wat-tawraata wal-'injeela wa'idh takhluqu mina t-teeni kahay'ati t-tayri bi'idhnee fatanfukhu feehaa fatakoonu tayran bi'idhnee watubri'u l-'akmaha wal-'abrasa bi'idhnee wa'idh tukhriju l-mawtaa bi'idhnee wa'idh kafaftu banee israa'eela 'anka idh ji'tahum bil-bayyinaati faqaala lladheena kafaroo minhum in haadhaa illaa sihrun mubeen
DIN 31635ʾiḏ qāla llāhu yā ʿīsā bna maryama ḏkur niʿmatī ʿalayka waʿalā wālidatika ʾiḏ ʾayyadttuka birūḥi l-qudusi tukallimu n-nāsa fī l-mahdi wakahlan waʾiḏ ʿallamtuka l-kitāba wal-ḥikmata wat-tawrāta wal-ʾinǧīla waʾiḏ taḫluqu mina ṭ-ṭīni kahayʾati ṭ-ṭayri biʾiḏnī fatanfuḫu fīhā fatakūnu ṭayran biʾiḏnī watubriʾu l-ʾakmaha wal-ʾabraṣa biʾiḏnī waʾiḏ tuḫriǧu l-mawtā biʾiḏnī waʾiḏ kafaftu banī ʾisrāʾīla ʿanka ʾiḏ ǧiʾtahum bil-bayyināti faqāla llaḏīna kafarū minhum ʾin hāḏā ʾillā siḥrun mubīnun
When God will say, "O Jesus son of Mary, recall My favor upon you and upon your mother, how I supported you with the Holy Spirit. You spoke to the people from the crib, and in maturity. How I taught you the Scripture and wisdom, and the Torah and the Gospel. And recall that you molded from clay the shape of a bird, by My leave, and then you breathed into it, and it became a bird, by My leave. And you healed the blind and the leprous, by My leave; and you revived the dead, by My leave. And recall that I restrained the Children of Israel from you when you brought them the clear miracles. But those who disbelieved among them said, `This is nothing but obvious sorcery.'"
Compare translations (4)
When Allah saith: O Jesus, son of Mary! Remember My favour unto thee and unto thy mother; how I strengthened thee with the holy Spirit, so that thou spakest unto mankind in the cradle as in maturity; and how I taught thee the Scripture and Wisdom and the Torah and the Gospel; and how thou didst shape of clay as it were the likeness of a bird by My permission, and didst blow upon it and it was a bird by My permission, and thou didst heal him who was born blind and the leper by My permission; and how thou didst raise the dead by My permission; and how I restrained the Children of Israel from (harming) thee when thou camest unto them with clear proofs, and those of them who disbelieved exclaimed: This is naught else than mere magic
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
When God said, 'O Jesus, son of Mary! remember my favours towards thee and towards thy mother, when I aided thee with the Holy Ghost, till thou didst speak to men in the cradle and when grown up. ' And when I taught thee the Book and wisdom and the law and the gospel; when thou didst create of clay, as it were, the likeness of a bird, by my power, and didst blow thereon, it became a bird; and thou didst heal the blind from birth, and the leprous by my permission; and when thou didst bring forth the dead by my permission; and when I did ward off the children of Israel from thee, when thou didst come to them with manifest signs, and those who misbelieved amongst them said, "This is naught but obvious magic
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
When He shall say: O Jesus! Son of Mary! call to mind my favour upon thee and upon thy mother, when I strengthened thee with the Holy Spirit, that thou shouldest speak to men alike in the cradle, and when grown up; - And when I taught thee the Scripture, and Wisdom, and the Law, and the Evangel: and thou didst create of clay, as it were, the figure of a bird, by my leave, and didst breathe into it, and by my leave it became a bird; and thou didst heal the blind and the leper, by my leave; and when, by my leave, thou didst bring forth the dead; and when I withheld the children of Israel from thee, when thou hadst come to them with clear tokens: and such of them as believed not said, "This is nought but plain sorcery
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
When God will say, 'O Jesus son of Mary, remember My favour upon thee and upon thy mother; When I strengthened thee with the spirit of holiness so that thou didst speak to the people in the cradle and when of middle age; and when I taught thee the Book and the wisdom and the Torah and the Gospel; and when thou didst fashion a creation out of clay, in the likeness of a bird, by My command; then thou didst breathe into it a new spirit and it became a soaring being by My command; and thou didst heal the night-blind and the leprous by My command; and when thou didst raise the dead by My command; and when I restrained the Children of Israel from putting thee to death when thou didst come to them with clear Signs; and those who disbelieved from among them said, 'This is nothing but clear deception
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
وَإِذْ أَوْحَيْتُ إِلَى ٱلْحَوَارِيِّـۧنَ أَنْ ءَامِنُوا۟ بِى وَبِرَسُولِى قَالُوٓا۟ ءَامَنَّا وَٱشْهَدْ بِأَنَّنَا مُسْلِمُونَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)wa'idh awhaytu ilaa l-hawaariyyeena an aaminoo bee wabirasoolee qaaloo aamannaa washhad bi'annanaa muslimoon
DIN 31635waʾiḏ ʾawḥaytu ʾilā l-ḥawāriyyīna ʾan ʾāminū bī wabirasūlī qālū ʾāmannā wašhad biʾannanā muslimūna
"And when I inspired the disciples: `Believe in Me and in My Messenger.' They said, `We have believed, so bear witness that We have submitted.'"
Compare translations (4)
And when I inspired the disciples, (saying): Believe in Me and in My messenger, they said: We believe. Bear witness that we have surrendered (unto Thee) "we are muslims
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
And when I inspired the apostles that they should believe in him and in my Apostle, they said, "We believe; do thou bear witness that we are resigned
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
And when I revealed unto the Apostles, "Believe on me and on my Sent One," they said, "We believe; and bear thou witness that we are Muslims
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
And remember My favour when I inspired the disciples saying, 'Believe in Me and My Messenger,' they said, 'We believe and bear Thou witness that we have submitted
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
إِذْ قَالَ ٱلْحَوَارِيُّونَ يَٰعِيسَى ٱبْنَ مَرْيَمَ هَلْ يَسْتَطِيعُ رَبُّكَ أَن يُنَزِّلَ عَلَيْنَا مَآئِدَةً مِّنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ قَالَ ٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ إِن كُنتُم مُّؤْمِنِينَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)idh qaala l-hawaariyyoona yaa 'eesaa bna maryama hal yastatee'u rabbuka an yunazzila 'alaynaa maa'idatan mina s-samaa'i qaala taqoo llaaha in kuntum mu'mineen
DIN 31635ʾiḏ qāla l-ḥawāriyyūna yā ʿīsā bna maryama hal yastaṭīʿu rabbuka ʾan yunazzila ʿalaynā māʾidatan mina s-samāʾi qāla taqū llāha ʾin kuntum muʾminīna
"And when the disciples said, 'O Jesus son of Mary, is your Lord able to bring down for us a feast from heaven?' He said, 'Fear God, if you are believers.'"
Compare translations (4)
When the disciples said: O Jesus, son of Mary! Is thy Lord able to send down for us a table spread with food from heaven? He said: Observe your duty to Allah, if ye are true believers
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
When the apostles said, 'O Jesus, son of Mary! is thy Lord able to send down to us a table from heaven?' he said, 'Fear God, if ye be believers
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
Remember when the Apostles said - "O Jesus, Son of Mary! is thy Lord able to send down a furnished TABLE to us out of Heaven?" He said - "Fear God if ye be believers
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
When the disciples said, 'O Jesus, son of Mary, is thy Lord able to send down to us a table spread with food from heaven? He said, 'Fear God, if you are believers
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
قَالُوا۟ نُرِيدُ أَن نَّأْكُلَ مِنْهَا وَتَطْمَئِنَّ قُلُوبُنَا وَنَعْلَمَ أَن قَدْ صَدَقْتَنَا وَنَكُونَ عَلَيْهَا مِنَ ٱلشَّٰهِدِينَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)qaaloo nureedu an na'kula minhaa watatma'inna quloobunaa wana'lama an qad sadaqtanaa wanakoona 'alayhaa mina sh-shaahideen
DIN 31635qālū nurīdu ʾan naʾkula minhā wataṭmaʾinna qulūbunā wanaʿlama ʾan qad ṣadaqtanā wanakūna ʿalayhā mina š-šāhidīna
They said, "We wish to eat from it, so that our hearts may be reassured, and know that you have told us the truth, and be among those who witness it."
Compare translations (4)
(They said:) We wish to eat thereof, that we may satisfy our hearts and know that thou hast spoken truth to us, and that thereof we may be witnesses
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
and they said, 'We desire to eat therefrom that our hearts may be at rest, and that we may know that what thou hast told us is the truth, and that we may be thereby amongst the witnesses
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
They said - "We desire to eat therefrom, and to have our hearts assured; and to know that thou hast indeed spoken truth to us, and to be witnesses thereof
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
They said, 'We desire that we may eat of it, and that our hearts may be at rest and that we may know that thou hast spoken the truth to us, and that we may be witness thereto
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
قَالَ عِيسَى ٱبْنُ مَرْيَمَ ٱللَّهُمَّ رَبَّنَآ أَنزِلْ عَلَيْنَا مَآئِدَةً مِّنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ تَكُونُ لَنَا عِيدًا لِّأَوَّلِنَا وَءَاخِرِنَا وَءَايَةً مِّنكَ وَٱرْزُقْنَا وَأَنتَ خَيْرُ ٱلرَّٰزِقِينَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)qaala 'eesaa bnu maryama llaahumma rabbanaa anzil 'alaynaa maa'idatan mina s-samaa'i takoonu lanaa 'eedan li'awwalinaa wa'aakhirinaa wa'aayatan minka warzuqnaa wa'anta khayru r-raaziqeen
DIN 31635qāla ʿīsā bnu maryama llāhumma rabbanā ʾanzil ʿalaynā māʾidatan mina s-samāʾi takūnu lanā ʿīdan liʾawwalinā waʾāḫirinā waʾāyatan minka warzuqnā waʾanta ḫayru r-rāziqīna
Jesus son of Mary said, "O God, our Lord, send down for us a table from heaven, to be a festival for us, for the first of us, and the last of us, and a sign from You; and provide for us; You are the Best of providers."
Compare translations (4)
Jesus, son of Mary, said: O Allah, Lord of us! Send down for us a table spread with food from heaven, that it may be a feast for us, for the first of us and for the last of us, and a sign from Thee. Give us sustenance, for Thou art the Best of Sustainers
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
Said Jesus the son of Mary, 'O God, our Lord! send down to us a table from heaven to be to us as a festival, - to the first of us and to the last, and a sign from Thee, - and grant us provision, for Thou art the best of providers
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
Jesus, Son of Mary, said - "O God, our Lord! send down a table to us out of Heaven, that it may become a recurring festival to us, to the first of us and to the last of us, and a sign from thee; and do thou nourish us, for thou art the best of nourishers
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
Said Jesus, son of Mary, 'O God, our Lord, send down to us a table from heaven spread with food that it may be to us a festival, to the first of us and to the last of us and a Sign from Thee; and provide sustenance for us, for Thou art the Best of Sustainers
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
قَالَ ٱللَّهُ إِنِّى مُنَزِّلُهَا عَلَيْكُمْ فَمَن يَكْفُرْ بَعْدُ مِنكُمْ فَإِنِّىٓ أُعَذِّبُهُۥ عَذَابًا لَّآ أُعَذِّبُهُۥٓ أَحَدًا مِّنَ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)qaala llaahu innee munazziluhaa 'alaykum faman yakfur ba'du minkum fa'innee u'adhdhibuhu 'adhaaban laa u'adhdhibuhu ahadan mina l-'aalameen
DIN 31635qāla llāhu ʾinnī munazziluhā ʿalaykum faman yakfur baʿdu minkum faʾinnī ʾuʿaḏḏibuhu ʿaḏāban lā ʾuʿaḏḏibuhu ʾaḥadan mina l-ʿālamīna
God said, "I will send it down to you. But whoever among you disbelieves thereafter, I will punish him with a punishment the like of which I never punish any other being."
Compare translations (4)
Allah said: Lo! I send it down for you. And whoso disbelieveth of you afterward, him surely will I punish with a punishment wherewith I have not punished any of (My) creatures
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
God said, 'Verily, I am about to send it down to you; but whoso disbelieves amongst you after that, verily, I will torment him with the torment which I have not tormented any one with in all the worlds
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
And God said - Verily, I will cause it to descend unto you; but whoever among you after that shall disbelieve, I will surely chastise him with a chastisement, wherewith I will not chastise any other creature
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
God said, 'Surely I will send it down to you; but whosoever of you disbelieves afterwards -- I will surely punish them with a punishment wherewith I will not punish any other of the peoples
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
وَإِذْ قَالَ ٱللَّهُ يَٰعِيسَى ٱبْنَ مَرْيَمَ ءَأَنتَ قُلْتَ لِلنَّاسِ ٱتَّخِذُونِى وَأُمِّىَ إِلَٰهَيْنِ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ قَالَ سُبْحَٰنَكَ مَا يَكُونُ لِىٓ أَنْ أَقُولَ مَا لَيْسَ لِى بِحَقٍّ إِن كُنتُ قُلْتُهُۥ فَقَدْ عَلِمْتَهُۥ تَعْلَمُ مَا فِى نَفْسِى وَلَآ أَعْلَمُ مَا فِى نَفْسِكَ إِنَّكَ أَنتَ عَلَّٰمُ ٱلْغُيُوبِ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)wa'idh qaala llaahu yaa 'eesaa bna maryama a'anta qulta lilnnaasi takhidhoonee wa'ummiya ilaahayni min dooni llaahi qaala subhaanaka maa yakoonu lee an aqoola maa laysa lee bihaqqin in kuntu qultuhu faqad 'alimtahu ta'lamu maa fee nafsee walaa a'lamu maa fee nafsika innaka anta 'allaamu l-ghuyoob
DIN 31635waʾiḏ qāla llāhu yā ʿīsā bna maryama ʾaʾanta qulta lilnnāsi taḫiḏūnī waʾummiya ʾilāhayni min dūni llāhi qāla subḥānaka mā yakūnu lī ʾan ʾaqūla mā laysa lī biḥaqqin ʾin kuntu qultuhu faqad ʿalimtahu taʿlamu mā fī nafsī walā ʾaʿlamu mā fī nafsika ʾinnaka ʾanta ʿallāmu l-ġuyūbi
And God will say, "O Jesus son of Mary, did you say to the people, `Take me and my mother as gods rather than God?'" He will say, "Glory be to You! It is not for me to say what I have no right to. Had I said it, You would have known it. You know what is in my soul, and I do not know what is in your soul. You are the Knower of the hidden.
Compare translations (4)
And when Allah saith: O Jesus, son of Mary! Didst thou say unto mankind: Take me and my mother for two gods beside Allah? he saith: Be glorified! It was not mine to utter that to which I had no right. If I used to say it, then Thou knewest it. Thou knowest what is in my mind, and I know not what is in Thy Mind. Lo! Thou, only Thou, art the Knower of Things Hidden
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
And when God said, 'O Jesus, son of Mary! is it thou who didst say to men, take me and my mother for two gods, beside God?' He said, 'I celebrate Thy praise! what ails me that I should say what I have no right to? If I had said it, Thou wouldst have known it; Thou knowest what is in my soul, but I know not what is in Thy soul; verily, Thou art one who knoweth the unseen
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
And when God shall say - "O Jesus, Son of Mary: hast thou said unto mankind - 'Take me and my mother as two Gods, beside God?"' He shall say - "Glory be unto Thee! it is not for me to say that which I know to be not the truth; had I said that, verily thou wouldest have known it: Thou knowest what is in me, but I know not what is in Thee; for Thou well knowest things unseen
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
And when God will say, 'O Jesus, son of Mary, didst thou say to men, 'Take me and my mother for two gods beside God?' he will answer, 'Holy art Thou, I could never say that which I had no right. If I had said it, Thou wouldst have surely known it. Thou knowest what is in my mind, and I know not what is in Thy mind. It is Thou alone Who art the Knower of all hidden things
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
مَا قُلْتُ لَهُمْ إِلَّا مَآ أَمَرْتَنِى بِهِۦٓ أَنِ ٱعْبُدُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ رَبِّى وَرَبَّكُمْ وَكُنتُ عَلَيْهِمْ شَهِيدًا مَّا دُمْتُ فِيهِمْ فَلَمَّا تَوَفَّيْتَنِى كُنتَ أَنتَ ٱلرَّقِيبَ عَلَيْهِمْ وَأَنتَ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ شَهِيدٌ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)maa qultu lahum illaa maa amartanee bihi ani 'budoo llaaha rabbee warabbakum wakuntu 'alayhim shaheedan maa dumtu feehim falammaa tawaffaytanee kunta anta r-raqeeba 'alayhim wa'anta 'alaa kulli shay'in shaheed
DIN 31635mā qultu lahum ʾillā mā ʾamartanī bihi ʾani ʿbudū llāha rabbī warabbakum wakuntu ʿalayhim šahīdan mā dumtu fīhim falammā tawaffaytanī kunta ʾanta r-raqība ʿalayhim waʾanta ʿalā kulli šayʾin šahīdun
I only told them what You commanded me: that you shall worship God, my Lord and your Lord. And I was a witness over them while I was among them; but when You took me to Yourself, you became the Watcher over them-You are Witness over everything.
Compare translations (4)
I spake unto them only that which Thou commandedst me, (saying): Worship Allah, my Lord and your Lord. I was a witness of them while I dwelt among them, and when Thou tookest me Thou wast the Watcher over them. Thou art Witness over all things
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
I never told them save what Thou didst bid me, - "Worship God, my Lord and your Lord," and I was a witness against them so long as I was amongst them; but when Thou didst take me away to thyself Thou wert the watcher over them, for Thou art witness over all
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
I spake not to them aught but that which thou didst bid me - 'Worship God, my Lord and your Lord;' and I was a witness of their actions while I stayed among them; but since thou hast taken me to Thyself, Thou hast Thyself watched them, and Thou art witness of all things
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
I said nothing to them except that which Thou didst command me -- Worship God, my Lord and your Lord. And I was a witness over them as long as I remained among them, but since Thou didst cause me to die, Thou, hast been the Watcher over them, and Thou art Witness over all things
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
in a signed study →
إِن تُعَذِّبْهُمْ فَإِنَّهُمْ عِبَادُكَ وَإِن تَغْفِرْ لَهُمْ فَإِنَّكَ أَنتَ ٱلْعَزِيزُ ٱلْحَكِيمُ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)in tu'adhdhibhum fa'innahum 'ibaaduka wa'in taghfir lahum fa'innaka anta l-'azeezu l-hakeem
DIN 31635ʾin tuʿaḏḏibhum faʾinnahum ʿibāduka waʾin taġfir lahum faʾinnaka ʾanta l-ʿazīzu l-ḥakīmu
If You punish them, they are Your servants; but if You forgive them, You are the Mighty and Wise."
Compare translations (4)
If Thou punish them, lo! they are Thy slaves, and if Thou forgive them (lo! they are Thy slaves). Lo! Thou, only Thou, art the Mighty, the Wise
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
If Thou shouldst punish them, verily, they are Thy servants; if Thou shouldst forgive them, verily, Thou art the mighty and the wise
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
If Thou punish them, they are Thy servants, and if Thou forgive them. . . . Thou, verily, art the Mighty, the Wise
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
If Thou punish them, they are Thy servants; and if Thou forgive them, Thou surely art the Mighty, the Wise
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
قَالَ ٱللَّهُ هَٰذَا يَوْمُ يَنفَعُ ٱلصَّٰدِقِينَ صِدْقُهُمْ لَهُمْ جَنَّٰتٌ تَجْرِى مِن تَحْتِهَا ٱلْأَنْهَٰرُ خَٰلِدِينَ فِيهَآ أَبَدًا رَّضِىَ ٱللَّهُ عَنْهُمْ وَرَضُوا۟ عَنْهُ ذَٰلِكَ ٱلْفَوْزُ ٱلْعَظِيمُ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)qaala llaahu haadhaa yawmu yanfa'u s-saadiqeena sidquhum lahum jannaatun tajree min tahtihaa l-'anhaaru khaalideena feehaa abadan radiya llaahu 'anhum waradoo 'anhu dhaalika l-fawzu l-'azeem
DIN 31635qāla llāhu hāḏā yawmu yanfaʿu ṣ-ṣādiqīna ṣidquhum lahum ǧannātun taǧrī min taḥtihā l-ʾanhāru ḫālidīna fīhā ʾabadan raḍiya llāhu ʿanhum waraḍū ʿanhu ḏālika l-fawzu l-ʿaẓīmu
God will say, "This is a Day when the truthful will benefit from their truthfulness." They will have Gardens beneath which rivers flow, wherein they will remain forever. God is pleased with them, and they are pleased with Him. That is the great attainment.
Compare translations (4)
Allah saith: This is a day in which their truthfulness profiteth the truthful, for theirs are Gardens underneath which rivers flow, wherein they are secure for ever, Allah taking pleasure in them and they in Him. That is the great triumph
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
God said, 'This is the day when their confession shall profit the, confessors, for them are gardens beneath which rivers flow, to dwell therein for ever and for aye.' God is well pleased with them, and they well pleased with Him; that is the mighty happiness
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
God will say - This day shall their truth advantage the truthful. Gardens shall they have 'neath which the rivers flow, and remain therein for ever: God is well pleased with them and they with Him. This shall be the great bliss
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
God will say, 'This is a day when only the truthful shall profit by their truthfulness. For them are Gardens beneath which streams flow; therein shall they abide forever. God is well pleased with them, and they are well pleased with Him; that indeed is the supreme achievement
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
لِلَّهِ مُلْكُ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَمَا فِيهِنَّ وَهُوَ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ قَدِيرٌۢ
Easy-read · not authoritative
Easy-read (simplified)lillaahi mulku s-samaawaati wal-'ardi wamaa feehinna wahuwa 'alaa kulli shay'in qadeer
DIN 31635lillāhi mulku s-samāwāti wal-ʾarḍi wamā fīhinna wahuwa ʿalā kulli šayʾin qadīrun
To God belongs the sovereignty of the heavens and the earth and what lies in them, and He has power over everything.
Compare translations (4)
Unto Allah belongeth the Sovereignty of the heavens and the earth and whatsoever is therein, and He is Able to do all things
Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930
God's is the kingdom of the heavens, and the earth, and all that is therein, and He is mighty over all
Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880
Unto God belongeth the sovereignty of the Heavens and of the Earth, and of all that they contain; and He hath power over all things
John Medows Rodwell · published 1861
To God belongs the Kingdom of the heavens and the earth and whatever is in them; and He has power over all things
George Sale · published 1734
Sources
In-depth analysis →
- Talal Itani · 2012
- Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
- Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
- John Medows Rodwell · 1861
- George Sale · 1734
Translations Edward Henry Palmer, English translation of the Qur'an·Public domain — copyright term expired
Edward Henry Palmer, English translation of the Qur'an
·1880 translation, digital edition of unverified printing·None — public domain work
·Public domain — copyright term expired·retrieved 24 Aug 2026
Translations George Sale, English translation of the Qur'an·Public domain — copyright term expired
George Sale, English translation of the Qur'an
·1734 translation, digital edition of unverified printing·None — public domain work
·Public domain — copyright term expired·retrieved 24 Aug 2026
Translations John Medows Rodwell, English translation of the Qur'an·Public domain — copyright term expired
John Medows Rodwell, English translation of the Qur'an
·1861 translation, digital edition of unverified printing·None — public domain work
·Public domain — copyright term expired·retrieved 24 Aug 2026
Translations Pickthall, The Meaning of the Glorious Koran·Public domain — copyright term expired
Pickthall, The Meaning of the Glorious Koran
·1930 translation, digital edition of unverified printing·None — public domain work
·Public domain — copyright term expired·retrieved 24 Aug 2026
Translations Talal Itani, ClearQuran·Creative Commons Attribution-NoDerivatives 4.0 International
Talal Itani, ClearQuran
·ClearQuran, "God" edition, EPUB·Talal Itani / ClearQuran.com
·Creative Commons Attribution-NoDerivatives 4.0 International·retrieved 7 Sep 2026
Translation by Talal Itani, ClearQuran.com https://clearquran.com